EPA/600/2-88/070
                                                     April 1989
Generalized Methodoloav  for Conducting


                       Industrial


       Toxicity  Reduction Evaluations


                         (TREs)

                          J.A. Fava
                          D. Lindsay
                         W. H. Clement
                           R. Clark
                        G.M. DeGraeve
                         J.D. Cooney
                    Battelle Columbus Division

                        Stephen Hansen
                    S.R. Hansen and Associates
                         William Rue
             E.A. Engineering Science and Technology, Inc.

                         Sam Moore
                     Burlington Research Inc.

                         Perry Lankford
                         Aware, Inc.

                        Contract Number
                         68-03-3248

                         Project Officer
                         Kenneth Dostal

             The Chemicals and Chemical Product Branch
                Risk Reduction Engineering Laboratory
                U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                      Cincinnati, Ohio 45268

-------
                                      Disclaimer
The information in this document has been funded wholly or in part by the United
States Environmental Protection  Agency under Contract  68-03-3248  to  Battelle
Columbus Division. It has been subjected to  the Agency's peer and administrative
review, and it has been approved for publication as  an EPA document. Mention of
trade  names  or  commercial  products does not  constitute  endorsement or
recommendation for use.

-------
                                       Foreword
Today's rapidly developing  and changing technologies and industrial  products  and
practices frequently carry with them the increased generation of materials that, if
improperly dealt with, can threaten both public health and the environment. The U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency is charged by Congress with protecting the nation's
land, air, and water resources.  Under a mandate of national environmental laws, the
Agency strives  to formulate and implement actions leading to a compatible balance
between human activities and the ability of natural systems to support and nurture
life. These laws direct  the  EPA to perform  research to define our environmental
problems, measure the impacts, and search for solutions.

The Risk  Reduction  Engineering  Laboratory is  responsible  for  planning,
implementing, and  managing research,  development, and demonstration programs to
provide an authoritative, defensible  engineering basis  in  support of the policies,
programs, and  regulations of the EPA with  respect to drinking water, wastewater,
pesticides,  toxic substances, solid and hazardous wastes,  and Superfund-related
activities. This publication is one of the products of that research and provides a vital
communication link between the researcher and the user community.

The purpose  of this document is to present guidance for the performance of Toxicity
Reduction  Evaluations (TREs) at industrial facilities. This is accomplished  by
presenting  a  generalized methodology for designing and conducting a  TRE and  10
supporting case studies which illustrate various approaches that have been used in the
performance of TREs to date.
                                  E. Timothy Oppelt, Director
                                  Risk Reduction Engineering Laboratory

-------
                                        Abstract
The U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency or state  regulatory agencies,  under the
Clean Water Act, can require industries which cannot achieve water  quality based
effluent limitations specified in their NPDES permit to conduct a Toxicity Reduction
Evaluation (TRE). The objective of the TRE is to determine those actions necessary to
reduce the  effluent's  toxicity to acceptable levels. This  approach was written to
describe a generalized methodology for the  design  and performance of a TRE at an
industrial facility. The generalized methodology was developed based on the insights
learned in completing 10  TRE  case studies.

A six-tier  approach was directed toward the reduction of toxicity of the whole effluent
rather than specific components within the  effluent. A flow chart was designed as a
dichotomous key linking the phases in a systematic progression to achieve the final
result, which is an effluent that consistently meets  the toxicity limitation assigned to
it.  The six  tiers include:  1)  information  and  data acquisition;  2) an  evaluation of
remedial  actions to optimize the operation so  as  to  reduce  final effluent toxicity;
3)  characterization/identification  of the  cause(s)  of the final effluent toxicity;
4) identification of the source(s) of the toxicity in the facility;  5) identification  and
evaluation of methods for reducing toxicity in the final effluent; and 6) follow-up of the
toxicity reduction to confirm that the toxicity limitation is met and maintained. The
10  completed  TREs that provided the basis for the structure of the protocol  are
appended as case studies and follow the  same  generalized format presented in the
protocol.

-------
                                               Contents
                                                                                          Page

Disclaimer  	   ii
Foreword  	   iii
Abstract  	  iv
Figures  	   x
Tables  	  xi
Glossary  	   xii
Acknowledgments  	   xiii

Section  1.  Introduction  	   1-1
           Purpose   	   1-1
           Regulatory Framework 	   1-1
           Objectives of a TRE  	  1-1
           Available Approaches  	   1-1
           Content of this Document  	  1-2
           Flow-Chart Overview  	   1-3

Section  2.  Information and Data Acquisition  	  2-1
           Regulatory Information  	  2-1
           Facility Monitoring Data  	  2-2
               NPDES Monitoring Data  	   2-2
               In-House  Monitoring  Data  	  2-2
               State Agency Monitoring Data  	  2-2
           Plant and Process Description 	  2-2
               Process and Treatment Plant Descriptive Data  	  2-2
               Physical/Chemical Monitoring Data  	  2-3
           Analysis of Data  	  2-3

Section  3.  Good Housekeeping 	  3-1
           Initiation of the Housekeeping Study  	  3-1
           Evaluation of Housekeeping Practices 	  3-3
           Identification of Potential Problem Areas   	  3-4
           Identification of Corrective Measures  	  3-4
           Selection of Corrective Measures   	  3-5
           Implementation of Corrective Measures 	  3-5
           Follow-Up and Confirmation  	  3-5

Section  4.  Treatment Plant Optimization  	  4-1
           Identification of Available Information  	  4-1
           Identification and Evaluation of Influent Wastestreams   	  4-2
           Description of Treatment  System   	  4-3
           Analysis of Treatment System Operation 	  4-3
           Implementation of Corrective Action	  4-4
           Follow-Up and Confirmation 	  4-5

Section  5.  Chemical Optimization 	  5-1
           Information Gathering 	  5-1
           Process Chemical Review  	  5-2
           Review MSDS  Information  	  5-3
           Chemical Composition Screen of Incoming Raw Materials   	  5-3
           Outcome of the Chemical Optimization Phase   	  5-3

-------
                                        Contents (continued)
                                                                                           Page

           Data Analysis  	   5-4
           Follow-Up and Confirmation 	   5-4

Section 6.  Toxicity Identification Evaluation (TIE)  	   6-1
           Phase I - Toxicity Characterization Procedures  	   6-1
               Components of Variability  	   6-3
               Determining the Number and Timing of Samples  	   6-3
               Toxicity Testing Procedures 	   6-3
               Description of Characterization Methods   	   6-4
               Quality Assurance/Quality  Control  	   6-5
           Phase II - Identification of Specific Toxicants   	   6-5
           Phase III -Confirmation of Identifications  	   6-6

Section 7.  Source Identification Evaluation  	   7-1
           Setting the Initial Search  Image 	   7-2
           Sample Collection from the Influent Streams or Selected Process Streams  	   7-2
           Chemical Specific Analyses for Tracking to Toxicant Sources  	   7-2
               Evaluate Treatment Effects on Identified Toxicants.„  	   7-4
           Use Bench Scale Model to SimulateTreatment Plant Degradation and Track
               Toxicity to Source Streams  	   7-4
               Characterize the Toxicity of Suspect Source Streams  	   7-5
           Further Upstream Investigations 	   7-6

Section 8.  Toxicity Reduction Methodologies  	   8-1
           Source Reduction  	   8-1
           Waste Treatment Operations Improvements 	   8-2
           Evaluation of Alternative Reduction Methodologies  	   8-3
           Selection  of Reduction  Methodology 	   8-5
           Implementation of  the  Solution 	   8-5
           Follow-Up and Confirmation 	   8-5

Section 9.  Follow-Up and Confirmation 	   9-1

Section 10. References  	   10-1

Appendix  A:  TRE Case Summaries	A-l
             Introduction  	A-l

Section A-l   Case History: A Multipurpose Specialty Chemical Plant (MSCP) in Virginia  ....  A-3
             Introduction  	  A-3
             Initial Data and Information Acquisition  	  A-3
             Toxicity Identification Evaluation (TIE)  	  A-4
                 Effluent Toxicity 	  A-4
                 Characterization and Fractionation - Causative Agent Identification  	  A-4
                 Source Investigation  	  A-5
                 Confirmation of Source or Agent  	  A-5
             Toxicity Reduction Approaches  	  A-6
                 Treatability Evaluations 	  A-7
                 Other Methods Examined 	  A-7
                 Basis for Selection of Method 	  A-7
             Follow-Up and Confirmation 	  A-7
                 Effectiveness of Solution 	  A-7
             Final Comments, Recomm.e.B.datiaiM., arvd Conchis-i/Mxa  	  A-7
             Problems Encountered  	  A-7
             References  	  A-7

Section A-2   Case History: Tosco  Corporation's Avon Refinery, Martinez, California 	  A-9
             Initial Data and Information Acquisition  	    A-9
             Toxicity Identification Evaluation (TIE)  	    A-9

                                               vi

-------
                                       Contents (continued)
                                                                                        Page

                 Selection of a Monitoring Tool 	  A-9
                 Chemical Fractionation  	 A-11
                 Single Chemical Analyses  	 A-11
                 Source Investigation Study for Toxicity  	 A-12
                 Toxicity Reduction Through the Existing Treatment System  	 A-12
                 Process Stream Evaluation   	 A-12
                 Biodegradability of Process Stream Toxicity 	 A-13
             Toxicity Reduction Approaches   	 A-13
             Follow-Up and Confirmation  	 A-14
             Problems Encountered 	 A-14
             References                                                                 A-J.T1

Section A-3   Case History: Martinez Manufacturing Complex, Shell Oil Company  	 A-15
             Introduction  	 A-15
             Initial Data and Information Acquisition  	 A-15
                 Plant Description  	 A-15
             Toxicity Identification Evaluation (TIE)  	 A-15
                 Characterization and Fractionation  	 A-15
                 Confirmation of Toxic Agents 	 A-17
             Toxicity Reduction Approaches   	 A-17
                 Oil and Grease 	 A-17
                 Ammonia  	  A-17
                 Amines (Organic Nitrogen)   	 A-17
                 Flocculation Polymers (PEI and DMAEM/AM) 	 A-18
                 Suspended Solids  	 A-18
             Follow-Up and Confirmation  	 A-18
             Problems Encountered 	 A-18
             Water Quality-Based Toxicity Limit	  A-18
             References                                                                 A-lo

Section A-4   Case History: A North Carolina Textile Mill  	 A-21
             Introduction  	  A-21
             Initial Data and Information Acquisition  	  A-21
                 Process Description   	  A-21
                 Wastewater Treatment Plant Description  	  A-21
                 Characteristics of Influent and Effluent  	  A-21
             Toxicity Reduction Evaluation (TRE)                                          A-21
                 Effluent Toxicity  	  A-21
                 Characterization and Fractionation  	  A-22
             Toxicity Reduction Approaches                                                A-23
                 Metals Reduction Experiment 	  A-23
                 Extended Biological Treatment Experiment  	  A-23
                 Conclusions: Toxicity Reduction Experiments  	  A-24
                 Implementation of Toxicity Reduction Recommendations  	  A-24
             Follow-Up and Confirmation                                                 A-25
             Problems Encountered                                                       A-25
             References  	                               A-AO

Section A-5   Case History: A North Carolina Metal Product  Manufacturer  	  A-27
             Introduction   	  A-27
             Initial Data and Information Acquisition  	  A-27
                 Process Description   	  A-27
                 Wastewater Treatment Plant Description  	  A-27
                 Housekeeping  	  A-27
                 Characteristics of Influent and Effluent   	  A-27
                 Chemical Usage Review  	  A-27
                                              VII

-------
                                       Contents (continued)
                                                                                          Page

                 On-site Visit   	  A-28
             Toxicity Identification Evaluation (TIE)  	  A-28
                 Effluent Toxicity	  A-28
                 Characterization and Fractionation  	  A-28
                 Metal and Toxicity Reduction Experiments  	  A-29
                 Field Application of Laboratory Procedures  	  A-30
                 Toxicity Characterization Procedures  	  A-30
                 Receiving Stream Effluent Concentrations  	  A-31
             Conclusions and Recommendations for Toxicity Reduction  	  A-31
             Follow-Up and Confirmation   	  A-31
             References  	  A-31
Section A-6   Case History: Texas Instruments Facility in Attleboro, Massachusetts 	  A-33
             Introduction  	  A-33
             Initial Data and Information Acquisition   	  A-33
             Toxicity Identification Evaluation (TIE)  	  A-33
                 Effluent Toxicity	  A-33
                 Characterization of the Effluent  	  A-33
             Toxicity Reduction Approaches  	  A-35
                 Pilot Testing  	  A-36
             Conclusions, Comments, and Recommendations  	  A-36
             References  	  A-36

Section A-7  Case History: Chemical Plant I  	  A-37
             Introduction  	  A-37
             Initial Data and Information Acquisition   	  A-37
             Toxicity Identification Evaluation (TIE)  	  A-37
                 Toxicity Screening   	  A-37
             Toxicity Reduction Approaches            	    A-39
                 Source Reduction  	  A-39
                 Powdered Activated Carbon Treatment (PACT)  	  A-40
                 Granular Activated Carbon (GAG) Adsorption  	  A-40
                 Ozonation  	  A-40
                 Basis  for Selection of Method  	  A-40
             Follow-Up and Confirmation   	  A-41
             Problems  Encountered  	  A-41
             Recommendations, Comments and Conclusions  	  A-41
             Reference  	  A-41
Section A-8  Case History: Chemical Plant II 	  A-43
             Introduction  	  A-43
             Initial Data and Information Acquisition   	  A-43
                 Plant  or Process Description   	  A-43
                 Effluent Toxicity	  A-43
                 Evaluation of Treatment Process Optimization  	  A-43
             Toxicity Identification Evaluation (TIE)  	  A-43
                 Causative Agent Identification  	  A-43
             Confirmation of Source or Agent   	  A-45
             Treatability Evaluations  	  A-45
                 Source Treatment  	  A-45
                 End-of-Pipe Treatment 	  A-45
             Final Comments, Recommendations and Conclusions  	  A-45

Section A-9  Case History: TRE of I.T.T. Effluent  	  A-47
             Introduction  	  A-47
             Initial Data and Information Acquisition   	  A-47
                 Plant  Description  	  A-47
                                              VIM

-------
                                       Contents  (continued)


                                                                                          Page

                 Characteristics of Effluent  	  A-47
             Toxicity Identification Evaluation (TIE)   	  A-47
                 Data Collection and Methods  	  A-47
                 Other toxicity tests  	  A-48
                 Effluent Toxicity  	  A-48
                 Characterization and Fractionation   	  A-49
                 Confirmation of Causative Agent  	  A-49
             Toxicity Reduction Approaches  	  A-51
                 Treatability Evaluation  	  A-51
                 Air Stripping  	  A-51
                 Nitrification - Denitrification  	  A-51
             Problems Encountered  	  A-51
             References                                                                   A-oz

Section A-10  Case History: Monsanto Chemical Manufacturing Facility  	  A-53
             Introduction  	  A-53
             Initial Data and Information Acquisition  	  A-53
                 Sitel   	  A-53
                 Site2  	  A-53
                 Site 3  	  A-53
             Toxicity Identification Evaluation (TIE)   	  A-53
                 Sitel  	  A-54
                 Site2  	  A-54
                 Site 3  	  A-55
             Toxicity Reduction Approaches  	  A-56
                 Sitel  	  A-56
                 Site2  	  A-56
                 Site3  	  A-56
             Follow-Up and Confirmation   	  A-56
                 Site 2  	  A-56
             Problems Encountered  	  A-56
                 Site 1  	  A-56
             References  	  A-56
                                               IX

-------
                                               Figures
                                                                                         Page
Figure 1.1.      Overview of the water quality-based toxics control process	   1-2
Figure 1.2.      Toxicity Reduction  Evaluation (TRE) flow chart	   1-4
Figure 3.1.      Good housekeeping logic flow diagram	   3-2
Figure 4.1.      Treatment plant optimization logic flow diagram	   4-2
Figure 5.1.      Chemical optimization flow chart	   5-2
Figure 6.1.      Toxicity Identification Evaluation (TIE) strategy flow chart	   6-2
Figure 7.1.      Source identification evaluation flow chart	   7-3
Figure Al-1.     Multi-purpose specialty chemical waste flow diagram	   A-4
Figure A2-1.     Conceptual diagram of Tosco's wastewater treatment system with
                  designation of sites sampled during various elements of this study	  A-10
Figure A4-1.     Early TRE 48-hour D. pulex acute  static bioassay history, Glen Raven Mills.  .  A-22
Figure A4-2a.   Pre- and post- TRE 48-hour D. pulex acute static bioassay history,
                  Glen Raven MiUs	 A-25
Figure A4-2b.   Pre- and post-TRE  monthly average effluent flow (MOD),
                  Glen  Raven  Mills	 A-25
Figure A5-la.   48-hour daphnid acute static bioassay history, Halstead Metal Products	  A-30
Figure A5-lb.   Total  recoverable copper concentrations, corresponding composite effluents ..  A-30
Figure A6-1.     Texas Instruments  Attleboro outfall locations	  A-34
Figure A7-1.     Waste treatment plant process flow diagram	  A-38
Figure A8-1.     Wastewater flow and treatment schematic	  A-44
Figure A9-1.     A schematic diagram of the processes in the I.T.T.
                  Rayonier wastewater treatment system	  A-48
Figure A9-2.     Number of cystocarps for Champiaparvula (as % of control) plotted against
                  % effluent	 A-51
Figure A10-1   ESC  effluent  fractionation and testing scheme	  A-54

-------
                                                Tables
                                                                                          Page
Table 2.1.      Checklist of Useful Facility Specific Data  	   2-1
Table 8-1.      Effluent Levels Achievable in Heavy Metal Removals  	   8-3
Table 8.2.      Relative Biodegradability of Certain Organic Compounds  	   8-4
Table 8.3.      Activated Carbon Treatment of Selected Compounds 	   8-4
Table 8.4.      Air Stripping of Selected Compounds  	   8-4
Table  Al-1.     Summary of Toxicity Data on Final Effluent Samples Collected at Site No. 1   ..  A-6
Table A4- 1.     Effluent Characterization, Glen Raven Mills TRE,
                 Prechlorination Composite of December 17-18,1985	  A-23
Table A5-1.     Influent and Effluent Data Summary, Halstead
                 Metal Products, August  1985 - November 1986  	  A-27
Table A6-1.     Range of Daphnia pulex LCSO's and NOAEL  	  A-34
Table A6-2.     Summary of Results From Representative Acute and Chronic
                 Effluent Toxicity Tests, Texas Instruments Toxicity Reduction
                 Evaluation August 1985  	  A-35
Table AY- 1.     Typical Classification Results of Wastewater Sources  	  A-39
Table A7-2.     Treatability and Toxicity Factors from Identified Wastestreams  	  A-39
Table A8- 1.     Comparison of Reactor Performance	  A-44
Table A9-1.     Additional Wastewater Characteristics During May 14-21, 1986  	  A-48
Table A9-2.     Description of I.T.T. Rayonier On-Site Samples 	  A-48
Table A9-3.     Toxicity and Ammonia for I.T.T. Rayonier Effluent Samples  	  A-50
                                               XI

-------
                                               Glossary

The following terms and abbreviations are used in this document:
            BMP       Best Management Practices
            BOD       Biological oxygen demand
            COD       Chemical oxygen demand
            CWA       Clean Water Act
            DOT       U.S. Department of Transportation
            EDTA      Ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
            MSDS      Material safety data sheet
            NOEL      No observable effect levels
            NPDES     National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
            OSHA      Occupational Safety and Health Administration
            RCRA      Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
            SIC         Standard industrial classification
            SIE         Source identification evaluation
            TIE         Toxicity identification evaluation
            TOG       Total organic carbon
            TRE       Toxicity reduction evaluation
            TSD       Technical support document for water quality-based
                           toxics control (U.S. EPA 1985)
            TSS        Total suspended solids
            TU         Toxicity unit
            WWTP     Wastewater  treatment plant
                                               XII

-------
                                 Acknowledgments
Battelle  Columbus  Division (BCD) prepared this document for the Risk Reduction
Engineering Laboratory (RREL), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati,
Ohio. Mr. Kenneth Dostal of  RREL was  the Project Officer.  Principal contributors
include Dr. James A. Fava, Dr. William H. Clement and Daniel Lindsay, P.E. Other
contributors include Srinivas  Krishnan, Dennis Mclntyre, Ron  Clark, Dr. John  D.
Cooney, and Dr. G. Michael DeGraeve, technical reviewer.

Battelle Columbus Division used the expertise of four subcontractors to prepare this
document. Principal contributors include Dr. Stephen R. Hansen of S. R. Hansen and
Associates and William Rue of EA Engineering, Science and Technology, Inc. Other
contributors include Samuel  B.  Moore  of Burlington Research, Inc.,  and Perry
Lankford, P.E., of Aware, Inc. Ms. Linda Anderson-Carnahan,  Region V, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Dr. Philip Dorn of Shell Development Corporation,
and Dr. Donald Grothe of Monsanto Corporation are acknowledged for their valuable
contributions and as technical reviewers.

Mr. John Cannell  of the Permits Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
served as the  Agency's principal technical reviewer and contributed significantly to
the development of this document.

The efforts and encouragement of William F. Brandes with the Permits Division are
acknowledged.
                                      Xlll

-------
                                             Section I
                                           Introduction
Purpose

The purpose of this document is to present guidance
for the performance  of  Toxicity Reduction
Evaluations (TREs)  at industrial facilities.  This is
accomplished  by  presenting a  generalized
methodology for designing and conducting a TRE and
is supported  with case studies which  illustrate
various approaches  that have  been used in the
performance of TREs to date. A synthesis of the
methods and  approaches employed in  these  case
studies provided  the basis  for the generalized
methodology.

This document is intended  for  use  by  industrial
facilities that are required to  perform  a TRE.
Permitting agencies may also use this document for
reviewing plans submitted by regulated industries.
In addition,  supporting organizations that  are
preparing a site-specific  TRE plan  or conducting a
TRE may use this document as a guide.

Regulatory  Framework

On March 9, 1984, the  U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency  (EPA)  published a national policy
statement  entitled "Policy for the  Development of
Water  Quality-Based Permit Limitation for Toxic
Pollutants (U.S. EPA 1984). To implement the policy,
EPA issued the Technical Support Document (TSD)
for Water Quality-Based Toxics  Control (U.S.  EPA
1985a).   The  TSD presented  procedural
recommendations  for  identifying,  analyzing,   and
controlling  adverse water quality  impacts caused by
the discharge of toxic pollutants.

The overall process that one might go  through to
evaluate  the potential impacts  of an effluent
discharge to an aquatic environment and the need to
establish  additional water  quality based  toxic
controls  is shown in Figure 1.1.  This  schematic
illustrates  the steps  to be taken, from definition of
water quality  objectives,  criteria,  and standards, to
the setting of the final permit conditions  with
monitoring requirements. When National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permittees
cannot achieve effluent limitations for toxicity,  EPA
or a  state regulatory authority may require the
discharger to  conduct a  Toxicity  Reduction
Evaluation.  The  legal basis for  requiring TREs is
discussed in the Permit  Writer's Guide  to  Water-
Quality-Based Permitting for Toxic Pollutants (U.S.
EPA 1987a)
Objectives of a IRE

A TRE is an evaluation intended to determine those
actions necessary to achieve compliance with water
quality-based  effluent limits  (i.e., reducing an
effluent's  toxicity or chemical  concentration(s) to
acceptable  levels). Water quality-based limits  (i.e.
the regulatory target) could include limits on whole
effluent acute or chronic toxicity, and/or limits on
individual  chemical  constituents.  These limits  are
intended to protect  beneficial uses of  waterbodies,
and consider factors  such as dilution, environmental
fate, and the  sensitivity  of the  resident  aquatic
community. The TRE may identify a remedial action
as simple as improved "housekeeping" procedures or
the need to modify the operation of a component of
the wastewater treatment system. On the other hand,
for  complex facilities with  numerous  and variable
wastestreams, a TRE may involve a more extensive
investigation to identify toxicant(s) of concern and/or
cost-effective treatment or source reduction options.
Available  Approaches

This document describes how to design and perform a
TRE at an industrial facility. Other documents which
provide guidance for performing specific components
of this overall process are:
    EPAs Technical Support Document for Water
    Quality-Based Toxics  Control. Office  of Water,
    Washington, D.C., pages 57-58 (1985a).

    EPAs Permit Writer's Guide to  Water  Quality-
    Based Permitting for  Toxic  Pollutants.  Office of
    Water, Washington, D.C., pages 43-54 (1987).

    EPAs Toxicity Reduction Evaluation Protocol for
    Municipal  Wastewater Treatment  Plants.
    November 1989.
                                                 1-1

-------
                                Define water quality objectives, criteria, and standards
   Set permit limits directly
Establish priority water bodies
                                                Generate data
                  Screen for individual chemicals
                  including  potential
                  bioaccuniulative, carcinogenic, or
                  inutagenic chemicals
                 Collect definitive data for specific
                 chemicals
                     Screen for effluent toxicity
                         Collect definitive data
                          for effluent toxicity
                                      Evaluate exposure (Critical flow, fate
                                      modeling, and mixing) and calculate
                                             wasteload  allocation
                                     Define required discharge characteristics
                                           by the wasteload allocation
                                          Derive permit requirements
                                                  Evaluate toxicity reduction
                                      Final permit with monitoring requirements

 Figure 1.1.   Overview of the water quality-based toxics control process. Source: U.S. EPA (1985a)
    EPA's  Methods  for  Aquatic  Toxicity
    Identification  Evaluations: Phase  I - Toxicity
    Characterization  Procedures.  September 1988.

    EPA's  Methods  for  Aquatic  Toxicity
    Identification  Evaluations: Phase II  - Toxicity
    Identification Procedures. November 1989.

    EPA's  Methods  for  Aquatic  Toxicity
    Identification  Evaluations: Phase III  - Toxicity
    Confirmation Procedures. November  1989.
In  addition to these  documents,  other references
which  describe  specific  methods  for  conducting
aquatic  bioassays,  chemical analyses,  engineering
evaluations,  and  other  components relevant to
              conducting  a  TRE  are identified  in subsequent
              sections of this document.

              Content of this Document

              This  document presents a generalized  methodology
              for designing and performing a TRE at an industrial
              facility.  This  methodology  is primarily  directed
              towards  compliance with whole  effluent toxicity
              limits rather  than limits for  individual  chemicals.
              This approach is taken  because in some  cases control
              of whole  effluent toxicity may be quite complicated
              and  would  greatly  benefit from  generalized
              methodological guidance.  On  the other hand,  more
              information  is available on  the control of single
              chemicals with the  main effort geared towards either
              application of available treatment methodologies and
                                                     1-2

-------
development of new methodologies to control a
discrete constituent or process chemical substitution.

Because of the  numerous differences in operations
and complexity  of  industrial facilities,  in the
characteristics and variability of their effluents (both
chemical  and  lexicological), and  in existing
wastewater  treatment systems,  flexibility  in the
design and performance of a TRE is essential, and the
approaches utilized must be facility-specific.  As a
result, the industrial TRE methodology presented in
the  following  sections  is  intended  to describe
generalized approaches, which  are  represented by
those procedures that have been used successfully to
date.

It should be emphasized that the overall objective of
this generalized  methodology is to  provide the
framework and guidance on how to conduct a TRE. It
is not  intended  to  be a "cookbook". There are
elements of this  methodology which will not apply in
all industrial TREs, Users  of this  document are
encouraged to apply these approaches  as analytical
tools  where appropriate, and  to  tailor the
methodology according  to site-specific  deter-
minations and circumstances. Experience to date has
also demonstrated that clear communication between
the industrial facility, the  permitting authority, and
contractors  involved in conducting the  TRE.  This is
important in understanding the  objectives and goals
for the TRE, establishing a reasonable schedule, and
in reporting the  progress and results during the time
the TRE is being conducted.
(both chemical  and biological)  which  may provide
information on  the toxicity of the effluent. Third,
there  is  facility  and  process information which
describes the configuration  and operation of the
facility.  A  synthesis  of these three  categories of
information is  used  to  define  study  objectives,
identify  what  is  already known, and possibly to
provide clues as to the causes and sources of toxicity.
This information may also suggest immediate actions
which may  be  useful  in reducing final  effluent
toxicity.  The effectiveness of these actions can be
evaluated in subsequent tiers of the TRE.


The second tier of the TRE process is the evaluation
of remedial actions to optimize the operation of the
facility so as to reduce final effluent toxicity. Three
general  areas of  facility  operation are considered:
general  housekeeping,   treatment plant  operation,
and the  selection  and use of process and  treatment
chemicals. These evaluations are  discussed in detail
in Sections 3 through 5 of this document. For each of
these areas  of  concern,  an evaluation is made to
determine if performance  is optimal with regard to
toxicity reduction. This evaluation should be made to
identify  obvious problem  areas,  plan  and  perform
remedial actions,  and  determine if these actions
reduce the  final effluent  toxicity to an acceptable
level. If  the problem appears solved,  a monitoring
program  must  still be initiated to  confirm  the
solution,   and to ensure that  the problem does not
recur. However,  if these remedial actions fail to solve
the toxicity problem, the  study will proceed into a
Toxicant Identification Evaluation (TIE).
How-Chaff Overview

A generalized flowchart for performing a TRE at an
industrial facility is  presented in Figure 1-2. This
flowchart presents a conceptual overview of the TRE
process, illustrating how they might be linked,  and
indicating when decision points are reached. Each of
the major components of the process are described in
detail in subsequent sections of this document.
However, in order to provide a general understanding
of how the  entire process  might  work, a brief
overview of the TRE process is presented here.

The first tier of the TRE process is the acquisition of
available data and  facility-specific information. This
phase is described in  detail in  Section  2  of  this
document.  The available information can  generally
be  divided  into  three categories.  First, there  is
regulatory  information which specifies the events
leading  up  to the TRE,  defines  the  regulatory
objectives of the study, and clearly identifies the
target for  successful  completion.  In addition,  the
regulatory  agency may set compliance deadlines for
TRE completion,  and specify intermediate dates for
completion of and reporting on specific portions of the
TRE.  Second,  there  are effluent  monitoring data
The third tier of the TRE process is the TIE which is
described in detail in Section 6 of this document. The
objective of the TIE is to characterize and identify the
cause(s) of final effluent toxicity. The evaluation can
use both  characterization procedures and chemical-
specific  analyses   and,  consequently,  the
characterizations/identifications  may  range  from
generic  classes of toxic  agents  (e.g.  non-polar
organics) to  specific chemical compounds. Because
multiple samples are required to perform this tier, a
major objective of the TIE is to determine if, and how,
the cause of final effluent toxicity varies over time.


Once the TIE has been completed, the TRE process
can go in either of two directions. One approach is to
evaluate options for treating the final effluent, and
methods  for  accomplishing  this are  described  in
Section 8. The other  approach is to  identify  the
source(s) of final effluent toxicity and then evaluate
upstream (within plant) treatment options or process
modifications.  The source  identification element  of
this second approach is described in Section 7 and the
treatment methods element in Section  8. These two
approaches are not necessarily mutually exclusive.
In  fact,  a decision can be  made  to  pursue  both
                                                  1-3

-------
                                         TRE Objective - Definition
                                              •   Goals
                                              •   Triggers
                 Effluent and Influent
                   Monitoring Data
                                 Information and
                                 Data Acquisition
                                 Plant and
                             Process Description
          Toxicity  Treatability  Approach
                                                         Causative Agent Approach
                                                                                Source
                                                                        Identification Evaluation
                    Evaluation of
               Treating  Final  Effluent
                               Toxicity Reduction
                               Method Evaluation
                                                                                                            Tier I
                                         Evaluation of Chemical Use
                                                                            Evaluation of
                                                                         Treatment System
     Evaluation of
 Facility Housekeeping
                                                                                    Did
                                                                             Treatment System
                                                                            Corrections Reduce
                                                                                 Toxicity ?
        Did
   Housekee,uirj,a
Improvements Reduce
      Toxicity ?
    Uid Chemical
Replacements Reduce
      Toxicity ?
                                  Toxicity  Identification Evaluation  (TIE)
Tier II
                          Evaluation of Source Control/
                            Treating Process Streams
                                    Selection and Method Implementation
                                         Follow-up and  Confirmation
                                                                                                           Tier IE
                                                                                                           Tier IV
                                                                                                            TierV
                                                                                                       1
                                                                                              Tier VI
Figure 1.2.   Toxicity Reduction  Evaulation (TRE) flow chart.
                                                             1-4

-------
approaches simultaneously,  and then to select the
most technically and economically attractive option.

The source identification evaluation (SIE) is the
fourth tier in the TRE process. The objective of this
evaluation is to identify those process streams which
are significant sources of final effluent toxicity. A
first step in the SIE may be to review the information
and data collected on the causes of final effluent
toxicity. This synthesis forms a search image for
upstream sources.  The subsequent approach would
depend upon the specificity of this search image. If a
specific toxic chemical has been identified as the
causative agent,  the  SIE would be straightforward
and have a high probability  of success. It would
involve the chemical analysis of process streams for
the  identified causative  agent  or its  parent
compound(s). Those process  streams which contain
the causative agent in sufficient concentrations
would clearly be  designated as sources of final
effluent toxicity. On  the  other hand,  if the  search
image is more general (e.g.,  a  class  of toxic
compounds), the SIE may be  more  complicated. It
would   include  the  determination of  the
characteristics of the  toxicity in the process streams
feeding into the wastewater treatment system. A
comparison of process stream characteristics against
the search image would then be used to identify those
process streams which are prime suspects as the
source(s) of final effluent toxicity. In either case, the
treatability or application of other control methods  to
these process streams would then be  evaluated and
the effectiveness confirmed according  to methods
described in Tier V (Section 8).

The  evaluation  of toxicity reduction methods, the
fifth tier of the TRE process, is described in Section  8.
The objective of this tier is to identify methods for
reducing toxicity in the final effluent and/or source
streams.  Each  method would  be  evaluated for
technical  and  economic feasibility  and  the  most
effective method  would be selected and implemented.

Follow-up and confirmation is the sixth and final tier
of the TRE process and is described in Section 9. This
tier becomes operative after the selected method for
toxicity reduction has been implemented. Once the
selected toxicity reduction  alternative  has  been
implemented, continued effluent toxicity testing over
time is important to confirm that the toxicity target
has been achieved and is being maintained.
                                                1-5

-------
                                              Section 2
                                Information and  Data Acquisition
The first step (Tier I) in performing a TRE should be
the collection and  analysis  of any  available
information  and data which might prove useful in
designing the best directed and most cost-effective
study for the facility under consideration.  The
pertinent information that is generally available
falls into three categories:

    the regulatory information which describes why
    the TRE is being required and what objectives
    are to be met (the NPDES permit requirement
    and schedule, for  example);

    the effluent monitoring data  which describe the
    toxicity and physical/chemical nature of the final
    effluent;  and

    plant and  process information which describes
    the physical layout of the plant, the processes in
    operation,  and the physical/chemical nature of
    process  wastewaters.

The amount  of  available  information may be
surprisingly large and a careful  review followed by
judicious use  of selected analyses could provide
valuable insight into the  possible cause(s) and
source(s) of toxicity, This information will help define
an  appropriate  TRE program and, in some cases, may
lead to a quick solution to the toxicity problem. An
example of a possible  checklist of  data  and
information which might be obtained from a. facility
during this step is presented in Table 2.1.

The ten case summaries presented in Appendix A
reviewed available  data  and regulatory  objectives
prior to designing an investigative approach. Refer to
these case summaries for further illustration of the
acquisition and use of existing information.

Regulatory  Information

As in any  study,  the probability of successfully
completing a TRE will be greatly  enhanced by a clear
understanding of the objectives and  goals before
designing and implementing the evaluation.  Since
most TREs  will be regulatory  requirements, the
responsible  regulatory authority, either EPA or the
state delegated with  NPDES permitting  authority,
Table 2.1.   Checklist of Useful Facility Specific Data

  1.  Industry name:
  2.  Address:
  3.  Industrial category
  4.  TRE and TIE objectives:
  5.  Products  produced:
  6.  Chemicals used:
       a. Amounts
       b. Material Safety  Data Sheets (MSDS)
       c. Process in which chemical is used
       d. Aquatic  toxicity/biodegradability information on  all
         chemicals used and their breakdown products.
  7.  Engineering drawings of facility
       a. All floor and process drains with schematics
       b. Potable and wastewater line locations
       c. Steam line, boiler locations, cooling tower locations
       d. Wastewater Treatment Plant (WWTP) schematic
       e. Production flowchart and line schematic
  8.  Facility records
       a. Water usage, water bills
       b. NPDES or monitoring reports for 24 months
       c. WWTP QA data reports
       d. WWTP operator interview
       e. WWTP flow  recorder records
       f. Complete toxicity test history
       g. NPDES (or equivalent) permit
will set the appropriate objective or target for a TRE.
A discharger will normally be required to conduct a
TRE as a result of a violation of a whole effluent
toxicity permit limit. In this case, the goal of the TRE
will be achieving a level of effluent toxicity which
meets  the applicable permit limit.  In other  cases a
TRE  may be required where no  whole effluent
toxicity limit currently exists in  the permit,  but
available effluent toxicity monitoring data indicate
that water quality standards would be violated. In
these  situations, the goal  of the TRE would be
achieving the level of effluent toxicity  which will
meet a limit, which would protect the state standard,
when it is placed in the permit. It is essential that the
discharger has a clear understanding of both the
whole  effluent toxicity limit that they are required to
meet and the toxicity test endpoint which will  be used
to demonstrate  achievement  of  the  TRE  objective  or
target.
                                                  2-1

-------
The determination of what discharger monitoring
results are sufficient for requiring a TRE will be
made  by the regulatory authority  on a site-specific
basis.  Where  it  is appropriate,  more extensive
effluent toxicity testing may be required prior to, or
as the  initial step of, the TRE. It should be noted that
where the results of  a TRE  identify a  specific
pollutant as the cause of effluent toxicity, a chemical
specific limit may be added to the  permit to control
this  toxicant.

While  the  regulatory  authority  can specify the
monitoring results that trigger a TRE, the objective
or permit  limit which,  is to be achieved,  and the
schedule for conducting  the TRE,  the discharger is
solely  responsible for designing and conducting the
TRE to meet the specified objective. The submission
of a TRE plan for review by the regulatory authority
prior to conducting the evaluation will facilitate the
successful completion of the TRE and ensure that the
objectives,  endpoints and recommended approaches
are clearly  understood.

Facility Monitoring  Data

Numerous  sources  of  information  are available
concerning the quality  and quantity  of a facility's
effluent. Three commonly available sources  are:
NPDES monitoring data (see Sections A7 and A9),
in-plant  supplemental monitoring  data,  and  state
agency monitoring data. Review and analysis of each
of these should prove useful in the  design of a  TRE
program and  could provide information helpful in
understanding the magnitude of the toxicity, toxicity
variability  over time, possible causative agents, and
an appropriate toxicity  monitoring tool.

Another possible  use  of  the  available effluent
monitoring  could  be  the  identification of a  cost-
effective monitoring test for use in the TRE study.
Effluent bio monitoring  usually  tests  the effluent's
toxicity using several species.  A  review  of these
results could  allow for.  the ranking  of the  tests
according to sensitivity,  speed, and cost. If several
species are similarly sensitive, it may  be possible to
select the quickest and cheapest test as the routine
monitoring  tool for the TRE.


NPDES Monitoring Data
One possible  source of information is the  NPDES
monitoring data which are routinely generated at the
facility. This database usually provides a long record
of the  physical and chemical nature of the effluent.
Included in this record may be concentrations of a
number of single chemicals, BOD,  COD, TOG, pH,
temperature, DO, and effluent toxicity data. Existing
chemical  specific analyses and whole-effluent
toxicity test data could also prove useful in defining
how and why  final effluent toxicity varies. Insights
as   to   the   variability   would  aid    in
designing the number and timing of samples to  be
characterized in the toxicity identification evaluation
(TIE) tier of the TRE. If toxicity data are available, it
might be possible to perform multivariate analysis to
identify those  parameters  which  are  positively
correlated  with  toxicity. This is done in  case
summaries A-3, A-8, and A-9. If a single chemical is
highly correlated,  it could be considered a potential
suspect as the causative agent and the results of the
TIE would then be used to evaluate and confirm the
accuracy of that suspicion.


In-House Monitoring Data
Many industrial facilities perform more frequent and
more detailed  chemical  analyses  on their  final
effluent than are  required in  the  NPDES  permit.
These additional data  may be  used  for in-house
evaluation of treatment plant operation,  or perhaps
in  an attempt to  identify  current or  potential
problems.  If  toxicity  test  data are  available,
performance of multivariate  analysis may identify
chemical or physical parameters which are correlated
with  toxicity. As with the  NPDES  data, this effort
may  lead to a  suspect  causative agent  or toxicity
source and  to the  selection of a more cost-effective
and rapid toxicity testing tool.


State Agency Monitoring Data
Frequently  state  agencies  will have  performed
toxicity tests and  selected chemical analyses  on the
effluent  being  evaluated.  This information  might
also be useful in the investigation.

P/ant and Process Description

One of the early steps of any TRE is to understand
how the facility is designed and operates. Relevant
information includes facility blueprints, process and
treatment plant descriptions,  production timetables,
process and treatment  stream monitoring  data,
accident  and  upset reports, and turn-around
schedules. Review and evaluation of these data may
provide valuable insight as to the causes and sources
of final effluent toxicity and  perhaps how to better
design  the  TRE  study.  Nearly all  of the case
summaries  reviewed in the Appendix contain this
step.


Process and Treatment Plant Descriptive Data
The configuration  and general operating  mode  of
process  units and  the wastewater treatment system
can usually be determined based  on a  review  of
facility  blueprints  and operational  records.
Information  on  process  streams  which may prove
particularly useful in the early  stages of a TRE are
the number and types of streams, their size, and
variability.  Understanding the  types  of processes
which are performed at the facility may identify a
                                                  2-2

-------
suspect stream because of problems that have been
observed in the same or similar streams in other
facilities.

Knowledge of the scheduled changes or events in
process stream operation (i.e.,  batch, continuous, or
intermittent) when coupled with toxicity data may
provide strong  evidence as to possible sources of final
effluent toxicity and the reasons for variability of
effluent toxicity. For  example,  assume that a
particular process is  run as a three-day batch
operation once every two weeks; starting on Monday
and ending on Wednesday. A review of the toxicity
test results indicates that final effluent toxicity also
generally follows the same two week pattern. This
correlation would cause an investigator to further
evaluate this evidence. In addition, correlations
between turn-around schedules and toxicity could
prove very useful in determining suspect source
streams. If toxicity disappears while a process unit is
undergoing service and reappears when the unit is
back on line, a suspect stream has been identified and
this lead should be pursued. Similarly, it is often seen
that toxicity will increase when a unit starts up and
then decrease to background levels after a few  hours
or days of operation. Good quality data from grab
samples may  permit identification of this type of
phenomenon.

On the treatment system side, the information  which
might prove the most useful in the early stages of a
TRE  include  the types and  configuration of
equipment, flow equalization facilities, and records of
treatment plant upsets. Understanding the retention
time of the system should help in selecting the  proper
frequency of  testing required  to detect effluent
variability in  the toxicity identification evaluation
tier of the TRE. Correlations between plant upsets
and toxicity  events  would suggest that an
investigation of treatment plant operation should be
one of the first  components of the TRE study.

Another potentially productive approach could be
correlations between season and toxicity. If such a
pattern has been observed,  and operating data
indicate that the treatment system is less  efficient
during the period when high toxicity is measured,
further evaluation of the treatment system may be
warranted.
exceed reported toxicological effect levels  following
treatment.  If these  same compounds have been
identified in the final effluent, or if the scientific
literature  indicates that they are not biodegradable,
it might be prudent to evaluate their role in final
effluent toxicity. If these compounds have  not been
identified  in the final effluent, it may be  useful to
design a set of analyses  into  the  toxicant
identification phase of the TRE which would be able
to detect these compounds or their toxic breakdown
products.  It  should  be cautioned that  TIE
experiments evaluating the fate of specific process
stream chemicals  should only be initiated if there is
evidence  supporting the suspected  degradation
pathway,  and the Phase  I characterization results
support this suspicion. Otherwise, such an effort may
prove quite lengthy and  hold little chance for success
since existing treatment may already reduce the
toxicity of these compounds.

Analysis of Data

In this section,  several sources of data were  identified
which specify concentrations of  chemicals both in the
final effluent and in upstream sources. If toxicity
data are also available for the same sample,  it may be
possible to perform correlation  analyses between  all
numeric variables  and toxicity.  The objectives would
be to identify those variables (i.e.,  constituents)
which are positively correlated with  final effluent
toxicity. There are several data analysis techniques
available  for performing these types  of correlation
analyses  including step-wise  multiple regressions
and  cluster  analyses.  In addition, software  packages
make computer aided analysis quite  user friendly.
References for available  techniques and software are
presented in Table  2.2.
Table 2.2    Available Tools


Data Analysis Techniques

  •  Drapper N.R., and H. Smith. Applied Regression Analyses,
     John Wiley and Sons, New York, New York, pg. 178 (1966).

  •  Pielou, EC. Cluster Analyses Techniques: The
     Interpretation of Ecological Data. Wiley Interscience, New
     York, New York (1987).

  •  Infometrex, Inc. Arthur, Pattern Recognition Software,
     Seattle, Washington (1986).
Physical/Chemical Monitoring Data

Most  facilities  maintain  records  of  in-house
monitoring that is routinely performed at various
locations along the process and treatment streams.
This monitoring usually consists of physical and
chemical analyses performed to check on  how well
the units are operating. These data can be useful in
identifying potential sources of final effluent toxicity.
Chemical analysis of process streams may identify
chemicals  in  concentrations   which  may
Any  chemicals  identified via  these correlation
procedures would become candidates for further
evaluation. Many chemical and physical parameters
may be covarying in irregular and unpredictable
manners to mask the  relationship between the
concentration of a single chemical and corresponding
toxicity test result.  Rarely would one expect the
correlations to provide conclusive evidence of cause
                                                 2-3

-------
and  effect. However,  significantly positive
correlations may act as a pointer in the TRE  process,
focusing attention to possible chemicals of concern,
and may be used to support the results of the  TIE and
source evaluation.
As a cautionary note, it  should be recognized that a
positive correlation between concentrations of a
single chemical and toxicity may prove to be a false
lead. Some chemicals may covary with the actual
toxicant and, therefore, be mistaken as the causative
agent.  For example, emulsifiers are often added to
pesticide formulations to promote solubility and
facilitate  application.  The concentration of the
emulsifier may correlate perfectly with toxicity, but
it is probably not the toxic agent; in this case the
pesticide would be the likely culprit.

In order to protect against the possibility of false
positives, it is advisable to use Phase  I Toxicity
Characterization Procedures as a check on positive
correlations (see Section 6).  If characterization tests
which are selected to  specifically remove the suspect
causative   toxicant(s)   (based  on   their
physical/chemical  nature)  fail  to remove  or
neutralize effluent toxicity, a false correlation is
likely. Implementation of this check may prevent
going  down blind alleys when the TRE proceeds into
the identification of specific causative agents.
                                                2-4

-------
                                            Section 3
                                     Good  Housekeeping
Good housekeeping at an industrial facility covers
plant practices and operations which may directly or
indirectly affect effluent water quality. Factors
which are involved in this area include:

•  General facility cleanliness/tidiness;

•  Facility spill prevention and control;

•  Waste and materials storage areas;

•  Materials  handling operations, including loading
   stations,  on-site transport, piping and  valve
   assemblies;

•  Waste handling and disposal operations; and

•  Run-on/run-off  control.

A  facility  which practices good housekeeping will
reduce the chemical contributions which run-off,
spillage, and similar occurrences make to toxic
loading in the effluent stream.

This section investigates the individual elements of
good housekeeping at an industrial facility and
presents criteria by which these may be assessed.
Methods  to  identify  corrective  measures are
examined.  Selection and  implementation  of
appropriate  corrective measures, and follow-up
studies, round out the discussion. Throughout, it is
assumed that a preliminary survey will focus on
discovery and subsequent  improvements. Figure 3.1
depicts  schematically the steps  involved in a good
housekeeping study. Examples of housekeeping
approaches are presented in Sections (Appendix) A-3,
A-4,   and A-5. These case  summaries contain
examples describing rerouting of waste streams,
evaluation of  dye machine ratios, and  installation of
simple drain traps  to catch runoff materials.

Initiation of the Housekeeping  Study

When unacceptable toxicity is identified in the
effluent, a housekeeping  survey  should be planned.
The intent of  the survey is 1) to identify areas  which
may be contributing to the observed toxicity and 2)
reduce these  contributions through the use of best
management practices (BMPs), administrative and
procedural controls. Thus,  low-cost, simple,  direct
solutions are desired.

The first step of the study requires the assembly and
coordination of the study team, and the collection of
relevant plant  information.  This can often be
accomplished through a kick-off meeting at the plant
where  the  participants get together to discuss the
purpose and limits of the survey.

Housekeeping  surveys  tend to be somewhat
subjective in nature.  In  order to avoid possible
conflict between the  survey team and  plant
personnel, it should be clearly established that the
team is not seeking to uncover poor housekeeping but
rather  to uncover practices which, whether good or
bad,  may  affect  effluent  toxicity.  A  clear
understanding should be established with plant
management and operations prior to the survey,
including:

•  the organizational channels which must be
   followed to obtain authorization  to make the
   necessary changes;

•  the resources available  from the  plant to
   investigate, define and implement an operational
   or procedural change; and

•  the extent of justification required prior to
   implementation,  including the effect  that a
   particular action (or  inaction) may have on
   overall plant  operations;

•  the cost and ease of implementation, and the
   level of benefit expected.
The justification criteria should be general enough
that they may be applied to any plant area, yet
specific enough that they yield useful information to
the facility.

Survey  team  members  should  review  plant
procedures, documented and otherwise, to assess the
level of importance placed on housekeeping. This will
include   documentation review  as  well  as
                                               3-1

-------
                                                                        Kickoff Meeting
                                                                          with Plant  /
      Yes
                                                  Yes
r
No

I
f
Identify
Deficiencies
"•
No

                                                                           Effluent
                                                                          Consistenly
                                                                            Meets
                                                                           ToKicity
                                                                          Target Level
Reduction
in Effluent
 Toxicity

      No
                                           Initiate Toxicity
                                            Identification
                                             Evaluation
 Figure 3.1.  Good housekeeping logic flow diagram.

interviews with various plant personnel. Suggested
sources of information include:

•   Spill prevention and control plans developed to
    meet various regulatory requirements [CWA,
    Resource  Conservation  and  Recovery Act
    (RCRA)];

•   RCRA facility documentation,  including  waste
    handling and storage plans;

•   OSHA training documentation, which may
    contain information  on   material  handling
    operations  and procedures;

•   DOT related  information,  including any
    developed specifically for the loading, unloading,
    and transportation  of materials and products to
    and from the facility;
       • Plant blueprints, maps, etc. showing areas of
          various plant operation, drainage systems,  waste
          collection,  material  storage  and disposal
          facilities, and,

       •  Other information available at the plant  which
          may be relevant to the survey.
       In addition to this information review,  specific
       individuals at the plant, who may, through years of
       experience, have valuable insights into plant
       operations  affecting  housekeeping, should be
       identified. These individuals may  include plant
       foreman  and  supervisors,  operations  and
       maintenance personnel, truck operators,  material
       handlers,  etc. During the subsequent survey, these
       individuals should be  sought out and briefly
       interviewed for both a capsule summary of current
                                                 3-2

-------
operations,  and  a historical perspective of plant
operations.

Evaluation  of Housekeeping Practices

Once subject areas have been identified and relevant
information gathered,  the  actual survey can begin.
The  survey approach presented below  will be two-
phased; one being a  review  of plant  policies  and
procedures, the  other being a  "walk-through"
inspection.  Areas included in  the  review  and
inspection are:

•  Vehicle loading and unloading areas;

•  Diked Storage Areas;

•  Waste accumulation and handling areas;

•  Waste storage areas;

•  Raw materials storage and handling areas;

•  Process area  and reactor  cleaning/washdown
   practices;

•  Laboratory areas, including  laboratory waste
   handling practices;

•  Above  and  below  ground piping  systems,
   including vents, drains, cleanouts, valves, etc.;

•  Atmospheric  venting  practices  and  scrubber
   operation;

•  Non-point source  flow  contributions,  including
   runoff, springs, and seeps;

•  Previously  used waste disposal sites;

•  Process equipment  and  piping  salvage  area
   runoff;

•   Controlled/permitted stack emissions; and

•  Routine maintenance practices.


The  list developed for a particular  facility  will be
specific to that facility, and may include other factors
not  listed  above. Close  coordination  with  site
personnel will assure that all major subject areas are
addressed.

Notice should be  taken of areas subject to obvious or
previous release  or spill instances. Raw materials,
intermediates, final products  and wastestreams are
all included in this survey. Proximity of these areas
to overland flow paths, drainage channels, manholes,
etc.,  should be carefully noted. If necessary, runoff
patterns for the facility should be developed as an aid
in assessing potential impacts.

The  release of accumulated water from diked bulk
storage areas presents another area for assessment.
Often,  the criteria for release  of  accumulated
material is by visual inspection (coloration, floating
oil/debris, etc.). These criteria may not be appropriate
where the potentially  toxic  substances  cannot be
visually detected.

Laboratory practices  should  also  be  examined,
especially where they may involve the disposal of
small quantities of materials on a routine or regular
basis.  Both analytical  and  research laboratories
should be examined. Laboratories can often be the
source of small  quantities of highly toxic materials,
which if improperly disposed, could have  a major
impact on effluent quality.

Regular maintenance,  process modifications,  and
new process development should also be included in
the survey. Timely detection of leaking valves,loose
fittings, and deteriorated piping systems could have a
major impact on the overall cleanliness of the facility.
Corrected in a timely fashion,  the impact of these
areas on the final discharge from the facility should
be negligible. On the other hand, if problems are not
detected and corrected quickly,  significant impacts
are possible.

Atmospheric venting in process or material delivery
lines may release toxic substances to the atmosphere.
These may have opportunity  to impact the  effluent
through atmospheric deposition on building surfaces
and roadways,  and subsequent wash-out during
rainfall events. Accumulation of small quantities of
substances  over time  may result in measurable
releases during and subsequent to  rainfall events.

Probably  the  largest and most noticeable  area of
concern involves waste  and materials handling and
storage.  These locations  are  often subject  to other
permitting and  administrative controls,  such as
RCRA  and  NPDES requirements.  Therefore,
housekeeping  should generally be  good. There is,
however,  a possibility that certain areas  (such as
final product  loading)  may slip through these
controls.  An  example  would be  the pumping of
stormwater from the tank containment area, which
has  been slightly contaminated by a highly toxic,
nonbiodegradable substance. If such is the case, there
may be a need to address these areas during the
housekeeping   survey.

When observed  conditions are matched against the
established criteria, a  decision must be made
whether to initiate housekeeping changes or not. To
aid in this decision, it may be advantageous for the
team to develop a grading checklist. The  grading,
                                                  3-3

-------
like the survey, will be subjective. It should, however,
provide a basis upon which a decision to proceed with
certain activities can be made,  and determine how
these activities may be prioritized with regard to
their effect upon meeting effluent discharge limits.
Identification of Potential  Problem Areas

After  completing the preliminary  evaluation,
potential problem area identification should  begin.
Potential  problem  areas  may be  identified  by
examination of  the following:

•   Probability of release of a toxic material;

•   Type and frequency of release which may occur;

•   Quantity of toxic substances involved;

•   Toxicity of substances released;

•   Potential downstream impact  of the substances
    released;  and

•   Effect of release on final effluent quality.

These and other factors that may be identified in the
problem area should be weighed. This weighting may
contain both subjective and objective elements. For
instance, the likelihood of a release may be based on
an  operator's  perception of how often tanks  are
overfilled (if no records are available), while the toxic
effect (in weight of toxicant per mass spilled) may
well be known.  For example, the release of 1 unit of a
highly toxic material  may be more crucial than the
release of 10 units of a mildly toxic material.

Included  in  this  weighting  should  be  some
consideration of the probable effect that a release
from a specific area  may  have  on  final  effluent
toxicity. It  may be that an area identified during the
survey in need of housekeeping improvements, may
not  have any  impact on final effluent toxicity.  If
probable impact areas can  be isolated from non-
impact areas, the completion of further studies can be
expedited.

Once the weighting process  is complete,  a relative
worth  may be  assigned to each problem area. This
may be accomplished by considering loss of productor
material, perceived harm to the environment, effort
needed for  cleanup efforts, or other factors as may be
deemed appropriate.  Factoring this  relative  worth
with the  likelihood  of  a  release will derive  a
relationship by which to gauge the  necessity of a
housekeeping  improvement. Sites  subject to  the
housekeeping  study  may be  ranked, with  those
requiring immediate attention ranked above those of
lesser  concern. After  this ranking is  completed, the
identification  and selection  of  corrective  measures
may begin.

If the housekeeping survey identifies no deficiencies,
the TRE  should proceed on to the TIE component.

Identification of Corrective Measures

After potential problem areas have been identified,
appropriate corrective measures for these areas must
be  examined.  Probable corrective measures may
include:

•   Area cleanup; paving or containment;

•   Process or operational changes;

•   Material  loss collection   and recovery (see
    Appendix  Section A-5);

•   Chemical  and biological testing of contained
    waters prior to release from diked storage areas;

•   Increased  storage capacity for  contained waters
    to avoid toxic "slugs" to the effluent during storm
    events and washdowns of fire water  system
    usage; and

•   Equipment  modifications or  changes (see
    Appendix  Section A-3 and A-8).

Each corrective measure identified should be capable
of resolving a potential trouble spot without creating
an  undue  burden on plant operations.  Cost
effectiveness  and  continuity of effectiveness should
also be of primary consideration.  For example,  an
initial cleanup of a product loading area may provide
immediate results. However, without changing the
loading procedures which resulted  in the untidiness
in the first place, problems would recur. In this case,
the final solution would require  a second stage - that
being  a  procedural change in the way material
loading  occurs, or a material loss collection  and
recovery  system.

Housekeeping practices  are normally acquired  or
learned.  They  may suffer  from the  "tradition
syndrome" - operations which have always been
conducted in a particular manner,  and which plant
personnel  are unwilling or reluctant  to change.
Retraining,  refocusing,  or  re-emphasizing may  be
necessary to  reach the individuals involved. Other
times,  housekeeping can be improved by initiating
new methods  or procedures,  where established
conduct  has never been formalized.  The process of
formalization may be sufficient to generate a positive
change.

Obviously,  corrective measures  would  not  be
required  for  areas with  little  or  no potential  for
affecting final  effluent  toxicity,   although,  once
                                                  3-4

-------
identified,  the  measures might be  implemented for
other reasons. The probability of affecting a positive
change  by  the implementation of  corrective
measures,  as  well as  the willingness of plant
personnel  to follow through with the  required
changes  once they  have been identified should be
considered.

Selection of Corrective Measures

After appropriate corrective  measures  have been
identified, a solution must be selected from them. The
basis of  the  selection will include  level of benefit,
consideration of cost, ease  of implementation, and
timeliness of solution.

Most housekeeping solutions will carry a relatively
small price tag.  This  is because  they will largely
involve procedural changes  rather than physical or
equipment changes. Where physical  changes  are
involved  the cost should be balanced against  the
perceived  benefit.

Ease of  implementation  should be considered in
selecting  an  appropriate  solution.  Obviously,
solutions which involve minimal procedural changes
and  require  little adjustment on the part of plant
personnel will generally be better received than those
which require substantial changes in the way a job is
conducted.

Timeliness  of solution  is  another important
consideration.  Those  solutions which  may  be
initiated quickly and with a minimum  of plant
interruption,  will create a higher level of acceptance
from within the plant,  and, therefore, a higher
probability  of success.

Implementation  of Corrective Measures

Once the appropriate measure has been identified,
the implementation phase should begin. This phase
should be carefully planned so as to maximize the use
of plant personnel and expertise, thereby positively
influencing acceptance of the program. As  most
housekeeping improvements will include procedural
(Best Management  Practices)  rather than  physical
changes,  acceptance  and  involvement by plant
personnel is  imperative for the continued success of
the program.
As much control as possible over the implementation
of the corrective measures should  be placed in the
hands of plant personnel. This is important, since the
continued success of the correction will not  be
measured by  the first  activity,  but  rather  by
maintaining the positive correction.

In order to confirm adequately the effectiveness of the
corrective measure, toxicity tests and Phase I
characterization procedures  should be  conducted
before and after implementation. The results of these
tests will be useful for comparison with the follow-up
evaluation of effects.
Follow-Up  and  Confirmation

Once the solution has been implemented,  follow-up
studies  should be  initiated  (see  Section  9).  In
summary, follow-up on housekeeping studies would
include:

•   Continuation of implementation;

•   Evaluation and confirmation of effectiveness on
    toxic releases  (toxicity tests  and  Phase  I
    characterization);

•   Solution  impact  on  affected operations; and

•   Rigidity of continued implementation.

The goal of the follow-up is to determine 1) whether
the solution as envisioned  has had the  planned
positive effect on the toxicity of the final effluent and
the  management  of this toxicity reduction;
2) whether  the solutions  were  well  received and
easily implemented by the  plant personnel;  and
3) whether  operations would  continue  to have a
positive impact on  toxicity reductions in the plant
effluent.  Follow-up studies may also help to identify
additional areas of improvement which were not seen
in the original study.

If follow-up studies  indicate   that  housekeeping
improvements  have not  resulted in the desired
toxicity reductions,  then alternative  solutions  must
be  developed. This  may  require a  more  detailed
identification of contributing  {actors VSection %\ ani
investigation of source  contributions (Section 7).
                                                 3-5

-------
                                             Section 4
                                 Treatment Plant Optimization
A critical element in  reducing toxicity  in an
industrial facility's effluent is  the evaluation and
optimization  of  the  facility wastewater  treatment
plant. A well maintained plant, operating under
design conditions,  may be capable of providing an
acceptable level of treatment for conventional or
design parameters,  and still allow toxic compounds to
be released to the  environment. On the other hand,
the same plant may be able to handle  the majority of
toxics it encounters if adjustments are made which
allow operation of  the treatment processes at other
than design  conditions. The  objective of this
optimization is to assure that the treatment plant is
operating in optimal fashion with respect to removal
of its design parameters. This will  maximize the
probability that toxicity will also be removed.

The  process of operational optimization begins with
the recognition  that an  effluent's toxicity exceeds
limits established by rule  or permit. Plant  operations
optimization runs  simultaneous with housekeeping
improvements  (Section 3)  and chemical optimization
(Section 5). The plant optimization process is depicted
schematically in  Figure 4.1, and its components are
described in detail in the remainder of  this  section.

As the optimization process begins, it may  be helpful
to develop a checklist of parameters which bear
examination. This will be  specific to the plant under
consideration and will be  highly dependent upon the
information gained  from various sources at the plant.
Sources of information might include plant personnel
(both active and retired), design, and construction
documents, and operating records (including influent
and effluent monitoring information).

This section discusses the steps required to critically
assess and optimize a treatment facility's operations.
This discussion  is  general in nature, providing an
overview of the  operational  parameters  to be
considered and analytical  techniques which might be
used. A program for the evaluation of a facility will
need to be based upon conditions specific to that
particular facility.

Case summaries  presented in Appendix Sections A-3,
A-4,  and A-8 all contain  some aspects of  treatment
plant optimization.  In Appendix Section A-3,  it was
determined that fluctuations in Nitrobacter bacteria
correlated  with  effluent  toxicity,  whereas,  in
Appendix A-4, increased retention of wastewater in
the activated sludge basin would reduce effluent
toxicity. In case summary A-8, the use of activated
sludge from municipal treatment plants was
evaluated.
Identification of Available Information

Information of interest in this evaluation will deal
with the design and performance  of the treatment
system. Plant design information includes  a
description of the specific treatment units and how
they are linked, design capacity and loading rates,
and what the plant was intended to  treat. In addition,
identification of design performance criteria will
prove  useful in evaluating  current operational
performance.  This information may  be available from
a  number of  sources,  including system  design
documentation,  system  modification  documentation,
facility blueprints,  plant  operating  and maintenance
procedures  and protocols, and discussions with plant
personnel.

Performance  information may be available for both
the overall treatment process and for each of the
component units. Of particular  value are data on the
quality of all influent and effluent streams. This may
be available from monitoring reports and studies or
operational logs. Some facilities even have their data
in computer data bases.

After this information gathering  is complete, the
optimization sequence may begin. This sequence will
include evaluation of the influent wastestreams,
description  and evaluation of the treatment  system,
and optimization of treatment operations. These
steps are described in the following sections.

Identification and Evaluation of Influent
Wastestreams

Changes in plant processes at  a facility are likely to
result in changes in the influent to the treatment
plant.  Consequently, the final wastestream may
contain components which were not in the  original
                                                4-1

-------
       Identify Individual
       Units in Treatment
           System
         Analyze .Unit
       Operations Based
       Upon Conventional
         Parameters
           System
          Operating
        Beyond Design
         Parameters
                                               Information
                                               Acquisition
No

k
r
Identify Unit
Modifications Which
May Reduce
Toxicity
^
r
Initiate Corrective
Actions
^
w
c
Yes

>,
'

Initiate Toxicity
Identification
Eviibartbn
4

NO

                                                                                                  Yes
                            Corrective
                          Actions Reduce
                           Final Effluent
                             Toxicity
 Figure 4.1.   Treatment plant optimization logic flow diagram.
wastestreams at the time of treatment plant design,
and which receive only partial treatment through the
plant.  Some components of the influent may even
simply  pass  through  the  treatment  system.
Therefore, when  evaluating  current performance
against design criteria,  it is necessary to understand
possible changes in influent quality and factor them
in.

Several  areas to  be  considered when  evaluating
influents  and how they might have changed since
treatment system design include:
•   Raw chemicals or materials used in the process;

•   Byproducts or reaction products produced during
    the  process;

•   Reaction vessels,  valves,  piping  systems,
    overflow points, and other mechanical aspects of
    the  system;

•   Wastestreams  produced,  volumes, and routing
    paths; and

•   Non-point  sources.
At this stage there may be a great deal of overlap
between this study and the chemical optimization
and  good housekeeping  surveys.  The  survey team
must be aware of this and sensitive to it. The goal at
this  step  is to identify, define, and understand the
various contributors to the individual wastestreams,
without conducting detailed chemical analyses.

It also should be recognized that the  pollutants
causing  effluent toxicity  may  not have  been  of
concern when  the  treatment system was designed.
Alternatively,  the  treatment  system  designer  may
have been unaware  of the toxic  pollutants in the
influent. Possible contaminants in the  raw materials
should also be considered when evaluating influents
(see  Section 5).

Another consideration is variability in  the flow and
loading  of influent  streams.  Variability in the
influent may  be attributed to  a variety  of
circumstances, including changes in processes, plant
or process start  ups or  shut downs, and  production
rates.  Any  changes  from  design criteria must  be
defined, if possible  from the existing information.

Finally,  the frequency  at  which  various activities
take place at the plant must be gauged. Recurring
                                                   4-2

-------
activities, such as annual plant shutdowns, may have
a significant impact on operations of the treatment
facility. One would  expect to find reduced loading
from normal process  flows  during  this  period.
However,  unique  wastes  generated  during the
cleaning  and  maintenance  of  various plant
components may have a  significant impact on
treatment plant operations.  Similarly, recurring but
non-continuous activities, such as boiler and cooling
tower blowdowns, may add toxicity  to the influent
which may  not be detected  under some types  of
surveillance.
Description  of Treatment System

The description of the treatment system begins by
examination of the design documents and subsequent
modifications.  The objective at this stage is to define
what types of pollutants the  plant was designed to
accommodate,  both qualitatively and quantitatively.
Parameters of  interest include:
•  design  basis  for each  constituent, including
   variability in flow conditions and concentrations;

•  treatment sequence;

•  performance projections by constituents;

•  operational flexibility of each process; and

•  treatment  objectives and projected  effluent
   standards.

Design parameters which deserve special attention
at this stage include design flow and mass loading
rates. Most plants are designed to handle specific flow
and  mass  loadings. These are usually based on
loading projections, performance  estimates,  and
permit requirements at the time the  treatment
system was designed. To account for uncertainty in
production or  design, factors of safety are usually
incorporated. Many  times design capacities will be
exceeded in  actual operations; sometimes resulting in
plant upsets  or pollutant  pass-through.
Understanding the actual capacity of the system is
necessary in this analysis.

A flow schematic  of the present system should be
developed which indicates sources of influent waste
streams, treatment steps in the process, sequencing
of flows,  losses  within the  treatment  system,
treatment by-products and final effluent disposition.
The  flow  schematic should  be simple, yet detailed
enough to  help determine whether the system, as
designed,  is being   subjected  to abnormal,
unanticipated, or  irregular flow  and  loading
conditions. A tabular summary should be prepared of
design capacities of each  component.
Each process within the treatment system should be
examined and its impact on the final effluent quality
estimated. This evaluation should be made with both
the actual and design considerations of the system in
mind. Specific parameters of investigation  include
whether the unit is functioning according to design
parameters and its ability to reduce  non-design
constituents,  such  as  toxics.  Overall plant
performance will be judged  through assessment  of
both operating and design  information.

Available  data  on  by-products  of the treatment
process should also be examined during  this phase.
Of specific interest will be solid waste (sludge) and
air  emissions  from the facility.  Information on the
characterization  of these by-products will aid in
determining whether toxics removal is taking place
in the  present  system. Special  disposal problems
resulting  from these emissions should be noted as
they may be affected either positively or negatively
by treatment process alterations.

In addition to the design parameters, the treatment
system should  be  evaluated as  to  its removal
efficiency  of other  "non-design" parameters.  For
instance  although  activated  sludge is typically
designed to remove BOD, many metals and non-polar
organics,  potentially  toxic  compounds, are  also
removed.  Removal of non-design parameters which
may be toxic should be evaluated and the impact of
process optimization or modification on their  removal
considered.

After examination of the treatment plant operations,
the analyst should  be able  to suggest conditions
under which the plant would operate most efficiently.
The analyst should also be able to determine, based
upon knowledge and  examination  of the  system,
where treatment failure is likely to occur, and why.
This  knowledge  will  guide  further analysis  into
actual treatment systems  operations,  and  ways to
optimize the performance.

Analysis  of Treatment System Operation

After  reviewing   plant  loading and  design
information,  review  of  actual treatment plant
operation  should  begin. This is the  step where the
analyst accumulates information on  actual plant
operations and compares this to design, or theoretical
operations to see  how well  the two  compare. A
tabular summary of system performance should be
prepared as a comparison to design capacity  for each
component.

Two important parameters for  this review  are flow
and mass loading. Either  over or underloading may
be found to be significant in subsequent evaluations.
Both  impact plant operations and affect the quality of
effluent from  the treatment  works.  Overloading in
the plant can lead  to poor treatment due  to pass-
                                                 4-3

-------
through of certain quantities of the constituent to be
treated. Underloading indicates either overdesign or
under-utilization of capacity. An under-utilized plant
has the capacity available to treat waste streams not
presently subject  to treatment.  Additionally
underloading  of BOD,  a dilute  waste stream for
instance,  may reduce treatment  efficiency.
Information on  plant loading  is normally  available
through records maintained at the treatment plant.
Plant bypassing  also  bears critical examination.
Plant operators  are often  a  good  source of
information, as it is often the operator's decision to
bypass flow. Frequent bypassing may be indicative of
a plant operating  at  or  near design capacity.  In
addition, bypassing may be a major source of toxicity
in the final  effluent.  Bypassing  during  and after
heavy rainfall may allow  toxic components in  the
runoff to be released to the receiving water without
treatment. A  thorough effort  should be  made to
correlate bypass events with effluent  toxicity.

Shock loads may be released during normal cleaning
and maintenance activities, or may occur as a result
of a  spill, process upset,  etc. The  frequency  and
impact of shock loads on the treatment plant should
be evaluated through review  of  plant records
(Berthovek and Fan 1986). Each occurrence will have
a unique impact on the treatment process. These may
show  little or no effect on  the process, may result in
collapse of the treatment  performance, or  may be
some  middle ground. The  frequency  and duration of
such  loadings, and the time required for complete
treatment recovery,  should be determined. Again, a
thorough  effort should be made to  correlate shock
loading and process  upsets  with  toxicity data.

Plant operations  should be  critically  reviewed.
Operating procedures which differ significantly from
the original design  may  result in effluent quality
different than anticipated. Variations between shifts
may  also show  significant fluctuations  in effluent
quality. Operations  may have  been altered, out of
necessity, due to  changes  in  process or influent
wastestreams. Other  times,  plant operators may have
initiated  changes out  of convenience  which
unintentionally  impact  treatment  effectiveness.
These changes or alterations should be documented,
and their impact  on final effluent quality assessed.

Operation and  performance of the intermediate
stages in the treatment process should be as closely
scrutinized as the overall system  effectiveness.  For
example,  toxicity  reduction through  a primary
clarifier,  which is presumably a function of solids
removal, will  continue only as long as  solids  are
removed on a regular or continuous basis. However, if
solids are  allowed to accumulate in the clarifier,
toxicity may worsen, due to ineffective solids removal
or release of toxics into the water phase.
It is important to recognize that the quality of the
final effluent is not always attributable to influents.
Some  treatment processes  may  result  in higher
toxicities rather  than lower toxicities.  Some
examples of this phenomenon are the generation of
toxic  biological  endproducts, the  addition of toxic
chemicals as treatment aids (e.g., cationic polymers),
and  the production of  toxic chlorinated  organics
during  the  disinfection  process. Chemistry  within
each process should be  examined, especially those
which  are  subject  to  chemical additions  and
enhancements.

Implementation of Corrective  Action

The  objective  of system  optimization is to identify
changes in plant operations which will result in a
higher  effluent  quality  without  significant
modification of the facility  (physical)  or  the
chemical/biological processes.

During the definition and evaluation phases, areas
which may not be operating at an optimal or design
level, and those which  may be improved  through
minor  modification and  adjustments  in plant
operations will  have been identified. Corrective
measures must  now  be  defined and implemented,
such that at the completion of the  process, plant
operations are as good as they can be, given present
plant makeup and operations.

One area to examine is mass and flow loading rates.
These   can  be  adjusted by water  conservation,
retention, inflow  controls, and waste stream mixing.
Overloaded plants  may  be  made to operate more
efficiently by  "bleeding"  certain contaminants  into
the headworks of the plant. This may be  possible
through taking advantage of existing  system holding
capacities, or through rerouting of streams to provide
holding.

Modification  of the flow  sequence through  the
treatment plant  can  sometimes significantly affect
overall treatment. If piping systems, pumps, etc. are
already in place,  such that only  minor redirection is
needed  to effect the change, resequencing may be an
expedient means to optimize plant performance  and
improve effluent  quality. One example might be  to
convert two tanks from parallel to series operation.

Redirection of individual flow paths may be another
way to optimize  plant performance.   Certain
wastestreams  may be treated  more effectively by
some  processes  than  others. Similarly,  the same
process may afford different levels of treatment  to
various waste   streams dependent  upon such
conditions as loading rate,  influent  concentration,
retention times,  and chemical feed rates. It may be
possible to improve  overall effluent  quality by
adjusting plant  operations  according to the  source
and composition  of the  influent waste stream. An
                                                 4-4

-------
example of this might be segregation of the influent
stream to treat only those streams containing metals
in the precipitation process; at lower flows  and  higher
concentrations,  metals  removal  will  be   more
efficient.

Batching or sequencing of flows may be other means
to optimize performance. At a facility with a variety
of different wastestreams,  a singular plant operated
continuously may not be  capable of providing the
desired level of treatment. If,  however,  waste streams
could be held for a scheduled strategic release and
plant operations could be adjusted to provide the best
level for  the  individual waste stream(s) involved,
effluent quality may be dramatically improved. This
would be particularly applicable to  the  handling of
peak loads or  non-compatible  wastestreams.
Sequencing  of wastestreams would involve influent
control,   such  that  waste  from one process passes
through  the treatment facility separate from wastes
from other processes. This would allow adjustments
to be made  in plant operations to accommodate the
individual  wastestreams involved. Batching  or
sequencing  may also  be useful when  mixing  of
process  waste streams  may act to  mitigate toxicity
(e.g., an acid and basic waste stream).

Increasing the residence time  of the effluent  in the
treatment process  may facilitate degradation and
reduce toxicity. If excess storage space is available on
site, residence time could be  increased  by routing
effluents through these areas. In addition, the use of
baffles may  increase residence time in areas already
allocated.

Finally,  consistency of plant operation must be
maintained.  Variations between  shifts,  over
manufacturing and production cycles, etc., must be
reduced to a minimal level. This may be extremely
difficult at some  facilities with  widely variable
processes  and  production schedules.
When possible, toxicity testing should be utilized to
determine the effect of optimization on determination
of the  efficiency of toxicity  reduction.  Both  the
influent and effluent  should be tested  and  the
effectiveness of the various optimization  activities
determined. Phase  I characterization procedures can
also  be used to gain additional information on the
effectiveness and result of implementation.

Optimization  steps  may  be  modeled either
mathematically or in the laboratory,  prior to system
adjustments, These steps may help to streamline the
optimization process, and reduce  or eliminate trial
and error activities. Additionally, if modifications are
planned for which the outcome  is uncertain  and
which  involve some element of risk,  modeling may
provide the degree of certainty  needed to  either
proceed with the  change over, or to investigate other
alternatives.
Follow-Up and  Confirmation

As with any system change, once the change has been
completed, the effect must be assessed. This will come
through follow-up and confirmation studies. Even if
changes made in plant operations have the desired
effect on  effluent quality, periodic follow-up will be
required  to confirm that  the toxicity reduction  is
maintained.

It is also important to note that changes in treatment
operation  that  result  in a  reduction of effluent
toxicity must not do so at the expense of other limited
parameters. For example,  a change in treatment
operation  that  results in  a reduction in effluent
toxicity is not necessarily desirable  if it means that
the facility's TSS limit will be violated.
                                                  4-5

-------
                                             Section 5
                                     Chemical  Optimization
Chemical optimization, when utilized in a TRE, is a
process which occurs  simultaneously  with
housekeeping and treatment plant optimization. The
initial steps of the chemical optimization process are
as follows:

•   Review the use of chemicals in manufacturing
    process to insure that  only  the amounts  of
    chemicals needed are  used.

•   With respect to their concentration in the final
    effluent, review all available aquatic organism
    toxicity data for raw materials and process
    chemicals  and their  contaminants and by-
    products (known or potential). Emphasis should
    be given to data for  the  species, genera and/or
    family  of aquatic organism used to test the
    toxicity  of the effluent.

•   Review biodegradability  information (aqueous)
    for raw materials and process chemicals and their
    contaminants  and  by-products (known or
    potential).

•   Determine if  less   toxic/more  degradable
    alternatives are appropriate, and whether or not
    they  exist.

The goal of the chemical optimization process is to
identify  simple solutions to the  toxicity  in the
effluent. This  process is  a  first  cut at reducing
toxicity by removing  possible causative  agents. In
general,  no cause and effect relationship will have
been  established between  the chemicals being
removed or substituted  and  final  effluent toxicity.
However,  there may be  some  evidence  these
chemicals can cause toxicity and that their removal
will help alleviate the problem at the facility. This
evidence  may come from experience at  other facilities
of similar  type or from reported toxicity in the
technical or scientific literature. Figure 5.1  depicts
the chemical optimization flow logic. Case summary
(Appendix) A-4 provides the  only true chemical
optimization step found in the case  summaries
reviewed.  Chemicals  used in the manufacturing
processes  were reviewed for potential  toxic
components and chemical  application  techniques
were  implemented  to optimize chemical  usage.
Similar to this case study, the investigators in case
summary A-l reviewed data  on  all possible raw
ingredients to determine sources of toxicity.

Information  Gathering

There are two important  sources of information for
the chemical optimization  study.  These are process
design and operating  information,  and MSDS. Each
provides valuable information for the conduct of the
study.

Process design and operating  information will
provide a  definition  of  unit  operations,
manufacturing processes, and chemical uses and
additions.  Where possible, this  review should
include:

•  Examination  of  wastestreams produced by
    specific production processes;

•   Chemicals  and  raw  materials and  their
    contaminants and by-products used in the
    process;

•   Chemicals used in treatment;

•   Chemicals and material use rates;

•   Percentage of chemical in the final product; and

•   Chemical reuse and  waste recycling activities.

This information will be  useful  in defining which
processes and attendant  wastestreams  are most
likely  to influence toxicity in the  effluent.  Also
during data collection activities, a comprehensive list
of MSDS should  be  assembled.  These should be
available through the  facility health and safety
coordinator, or the person alternatively responsible
for OSHA  compliance.Information contained in the
MSDS  will aid in the identification of  probable
sources of  toxicity, and will assist in defining the
chemical makeup  of certain chemicals suspected of
adding toxicity to the effluent.

It is  important  to  remember that the  chemical
concentration  of  interest  is that  which  is in  the
                                                 5-1

-------
Initiate Chemical
Optimization Study


Collect
Data
            Raw Material and
            Chemical Process
                Review
               Probable
          Contaminant Source
               Identified
Identify Control
  Strategies
                     No
                                              Initiate Controls
                                               Test Toxicity
                                                Initiate TIE
    Probable
Contaminant Source
    Identified
                                                                                   Follow-up and
                                                                                   Confirmatfom
 Figure 5.1.   Chemical optimization flow chart.
sample tested for  toxicity (i.e. the  final effluent).
Influent concentrations  are only of use when  the
compound  is  treated to  a level  below analytical
detection but remains present at a level toxic to the
test organism (in this case the chemical's presence in
the influent acts as  a marker).
Process  Chemical  Review

In this review the  role of each  chemical and  the
amounts  used in the industrial process are examined.
Many compounds  are  used in  manufacturing
processes in  an non-optimized manner. The reasons
for using the amounts chosen are many times based
on application, not  science.  Each process chemical
usage amount should be questioned  and suppliers
called in to consult on the application amounts. If the
material is not in  the process effluent, it cannot
contribute to  the toxicity of the WWTP effluent.
        The  steps in  the chemical process optimization
        include:

        •  Making a list of all chemicals used;

        •  listing the quantities used (e.g. per month);

        •  determining the  pounds  used per  unit  of
           production;  and

        •  determining the pounds used per gallon of water
           discharged.

        For each chemical identified, the questions that must
        be asked include:

        •  What purpose does this chemical serve?

        •  Can the amount used be reduced?

        •  Can the chemical  be reused?

        •  Does it have to be discharged?
                                                   5-2

-------
At the completion of the review process, the analyst
will have developed a clear picture of how the plant
operates and how these operations may impact final
effluent toxicity.

Review MSDS Information

In this process the MSDS  information  is reviewed
and any aquatic toxicological information is noted.
Suppliers should be asked for the  aquatic toxicity
information if the MSDS does not list it.

The steps of the MSDS review include:

•   Obtain  an MSDS  for  all  process chemicals
    discharged.

•   MSDS sections providing information on aquatic
    organism toxicity should be highlighted

•   Examine the Hazardous Ingredient section and
    note the "hazardous substances"  listed.

•   Look at the  disposal section of the MSDS and note
    whether or not the material is a hazardous waste.

•   Look at the environmental section of the MSDS
    and note if any acute toxicity (e.g. LCso) data for
    aquatic biota are available.

•   If no aquatic data are available,  ask the suppl
    for aquatic toxicology information.
lier
•   Obtain  and  examine  biodegradability
    information  for each suspected compound.

•   Categorize all chemicals by hazard and irritation
    potential and use standard references to obtain
    aquatic toxicity information, if possible.

For example, if the  biocide ANYCO  1111 SOME-
BIOCIDE,  a cooling  water treatment  additive,  is
noted as being used  by an industry undergoing a
TRE,  the MSDS for this material would be obtained
(ANYco Chemical Company) and reviewed.  In this
example case, the MSDS has a section (MSDS Section
6) on Toxicological Information. All data presented in
this toxicological section of the MSDS are found to be
for humans and animals. However, further search of
the MSDS  would detect the  statement that the
product is toxic to fish (MSDS Section II, Spill and
Disposal Information). Then in the following section
on Environmental Information (MSDS  Section 12)
actual aquatic toxicity data would be found. The data
given in this section of the MSDS for Daphnia magna
(an LC50 value of about  0.15 mg/L) and Fathead
Minnows (an  LCso value of 0.12 mg/1) indicated
significant toxicity to  aquatic organisms.  No
biodegradation  information is provided in the MSDS.
Therefore,  this material would  become listed as a
       "suspect" causative  agent and targeted for further
       examination in the TRE process.

       After  this  information  is  reviewed,  the  following
       questions should be asked:

       •   Are  there  any less  toxic and more degradable
          products available?

       •   Can most serious problem chemicals be isolated
          from the wastestream or treated prior  to mixing
          with the wastestream?

       •   Were toxic  chemicals used in high quantities (i.e.,
          at or above known effect concentration) identified
          during the  Process Chemical Review?
Chemical Composition  Screen  of
Incoming Raw Materials
In this part of the process, the raw materials that are
used  to  make  the final  product  are  examined to
determine if a chemical  is,  or could be, removed
during the  manufacturing process and enter the
wastestream, If such  a chemical is found,  the same
information  obtained for the processing  chemicals
outlined  above  is  determined for  the  raw material
intermediate.

The steps in this process  are not as direct as those
discussed  above.   This   segment  is  highly
individualized to the industry involved.

The questions to be answered  include:

•  Are there chemicals that are removed?

•  What are they?

•  How much is removed?

•  Are these chemicals degradable or toxic?

•  Why are these chemical(s) present?

•  Is it necessary to remove them?

•  Can less onerous  alternates be found?
       Oufcome of fhe Chemical Optimization
       Phase
       As a result of this sequential process the following
       information should now be available:

       1.  A list of all  chemicals  used in processing and
          manufacturing the  product. Included will be the
                                                 5-3

-------
    amounts used, why the compounds are used, and
    if optimization has taken place.

2.   MSDS and literature reviews (if needed) will be
    on file for all process chemicals.

3.  A list  of all chemicals and raw material
    purchased on a monthly basis and a record of
    production volumes  during the same time  period.

This  information may be valuable if a  source
investigation is  conducted. For  example: if the
characterization/identification tests show that copper
is  a toxic problem, any chemicals  shown to  contain
copper should be investigated as potential sources of
the toxicity.

Experience has shown  that once several TREs have
been  conducted on several  industries of the  same
Standard Industrial Classification  (SIC) code,  some
compounds will become "known"  as  problematic.
These "known" compounds can  be categorized and
more  accurate toxicity/biodegradability determina-
tions  made. Once found toxic, the  first information
the industry  conducting the TRE should look for is
whether or not these compounds are used. As these
"problem" compounds are identified, letters from the
discharger to supplier asking that they be reduced or
removed from any "Tradename" products should help
eliminate some of the toxic compounds known  to be
used by the industry.
Data  Analysis

During  the chemical  optimization phase,  no
sophisticated analysis need be performed. However,
later in the TRE process, it may be useful to apply
regression  and  cluster analysis techniques in an
attempt  to correlate chemical  usage,  water usage,
known toxicity,  and other numerical  factors. This
type of detail and sophistication might be  done if,
after the TRE, no  other means of relating chemical
usage,  flows, and other factors to toxicity exist.

Follow-Up and Confirmation

The information  gathered during  the chemical
optimization step in the TRE can yield a great deal of
useful  data. Chemicals that should not be excluded
include those used in the manufacturing  plant that
may not be used  in the manufacturing process. Water
treatment  compounds are  an example  of such  a
chemical.

The significance  of the Chemical  Optimization
Process is that for  many facilities it may represent a
useful  approach  for  identifying  the  source of
potentially  problematic chemicals, or  assist in  the
confirmation of the suspected causative agent of
effluent toxicity. Ignoring this step  could result in
modification of  a  WWTP when a simple chemical
substitution could convert an unacceptably toxic
effluent into a non-toxic one.
                                                 5-4

-------
                                              Section 6
                             Toxicity Identification Evaluation (TIE)
The third tier in the generalized methodology for
conducting a  TRE at an  industrial facility is the
toxicity identification evaluation (TIE). The overall
objective  of  a TIE is to  identify the  specific
chemical(s) responsible for effluent toxicity. In  some
cases the results of this evaluation may only allow
the investigator to determine the physical/chemical
characteristics of the causative agents of effluent
toxicity.  In either case, valuable  information  will
have been obtained for either the evaluation  of
treatment methodologies or for the investigation of
the source(s) of final effluent toxicity.

In TREs where Tier  II  evaluations  of facility
housekeeping, treatment plant  optimization, or
chemical optimization  have  indicated  potential
causes or sources  of toxicity, application of the TIE
procedures will usually  still be needed to provide
additional "weight of evidence"  and confirmation of
these suspected causes or sources. It can be expected
that in most TREs at industrial facilities the initial
two tiers of the protocol described in this document
should take no longer than two to three months or
approximately 25-30% of the total time scheduled for
the TRE. Effluent sampling  and application of the
initial Phase  I TIE procedures described in  this
section can in most cases be conducted concurrently
with  these facility information  gathering  and
operations assessment steps. This will allow for more
direct confirmation of any solutions or reductions in
effluent toxicity brought  about by tier II evaluations
and streamline the TRE being conducted at a given
facility.

The general strategy for performing a TIE consists of
three phases  and is presented  as a flow  chart in
Figure 6.1. The first phase  is  the performance  of
toxicity characterization  tests which are designed to
determine the class or  group  of  the  compound or
chemical causing effluent toxicity (i.e.  the toxic
chemical(s) physical/chemical characteristics).   The
frequency that these characterization procedures are
performed must  be based  on  the nature   and
variability of the effluent toxicity as observed in the
results of these tests. It is highly unlikely that it will
ever be sufficient to evaluate only a single sample.
The second phase of a TIE is to perform analyses
which are designed to identify the specific toxicant(s)
in  the  final effluent.  The  number  and type  of
chemical analyses performed will  be based on the
results  of  the Phase  I  characterization tests.  The
third phase of a TIE is the confirmation of the
suspected toxicants identified in Phases I and II. In
cases where  phase  II identification  was  not
successful,  Phase  III  confirmation of  the
physical/chemical characteristics determined by the
Phase I tests should  still  be  conducted. This is
especially important where treatability studies are to
follow the TIE and modifications to,  or construction of
additional  treatment facilities are determined to be
necessary based on  the  results of  the  TIE and the
treatability  studies.

Toxicity identification evaluation  procedures are
described in detail in Methods for  Aquatic Toxicity
Identification  Evaluations Phases I-III (Mount  and
Anderson-Carnahan, 1988), and can be summarized
here in terms of the  application of these methods for
an industrial facility TRE. It should be noted that the
case studies contained in this document were, for the
most part, conducted prior to the completion of these
TIE methods  and utilize this approach to varying
degrees.  As more  experience  is gained and further
research   is  completed   modifications  and
enhancements  of these methods will be made and
documented.
Phase I- Toxicity Characterization
Procedures

The Phase I toxicity  characterization procedures
involve the use of a battery of bench-top tests coupled
with toxicity tests to determine the physical/chemical
class or group of the toxic components in the effluent.
The purpose of performing these procedures  is to
focus the  search for the causative agents of effluent
toxicity to compounds of a known class or group. This
information greatly expedites the  subsequent Phase
II toxicant identification analyses  by narrowing the
                                                  6-1

-------
                                                Effluent Sample
                                        Phase I Toxicity Characterization
                                            initial Toxicity
                                            Baseline
                                            pH Adjustment
                                            Aeration
                                            Filtration
                                            Cl 8 Solid Phase Extraction/Elution
                                            Oxidant Reduction
                                            EDTA Chelation
                                            Graduated pH
                                       Perform Toxicity Characterization Adequate Number of Times to Consider Variability
            Treatability Approach
   Treatabihty
Approach or Identify
    Toxicant
                                                                Identify Toxicant(s)
1
Phs
Confirmatio
i

r
jso III


f
Confirm Toxicvity
Characterization



Phase II Toxicant
Identification Analyses
J
^S Identify (
L
^x. Yes

"v. Agents of bttiuent -S" r
^'•v. Toxicity ^^
Go to Source Identification


Phase III
Confirmation Procedures

Confirm
Specific Toxicants


 Figure 6-1.  Toxicity Identification Evaluation (TIE) strategy flow chart.
range of possible toxicants and is also useful for .the
treatability  studies discussed in Section 8.

Initially,  an aliquot of the  whole effluent sample is
tested for the baseline toxicity. If the sample is toxic,
aliquots of the sample are run through the battery of
phase I tests which are designed to remove or render
neutral (biologically unavailable) various classes of
compounds and the corresponding  toxicity of these
"treated" aliquots is  measured. Presently, these
procedures  use  acute  toxicity tests to  measure the
toxicity  of  the  effluent  and  the treated  aliquots.
Methods which utilize chronic toxicity test endpoints
to track the toxicity of the effluent  sample following
characterization tests  are  being developed.

Toxicity characterization procedures,  and  chemical
specific analyses,  produce  snapshots  of what  is
causing toxicity in  a given  sample. Only those toxic
           chemicals which are present when the samples were
           collected will be  characterized  or  identified. This
           would not pose a problem if the cause of the effluent
           toxicity remains  constant over time.  In  such  a
           situation,  one  sample,  regardless of when it  was
           collected, would  be adequate  for  characterization
           purposes. However,  if the cause of an effluent's
           toxicity varies over  time  (or, for the  purposes of
           toxicity treatability studies,  if the  concentration of
           the toxicants vary over time) the analysis of only one
           sample will clearly be insufficient to account for this
           variability.  In such  a  situation, the  frequency of
           sampling and analysis must be  designed to ensure
           that  all of the causes of toxicity are detected and
           characterized. Therefore, it will usually be the case
           that Phase I effluent characterization procedures will
           need to be conducted on a number of effluent samples
           to ensure that the variability in the effluent toxicity
           is determined.
                                                     6-2

-------
Components of Variability

The  toxicity of an  effluent can vary  both
quantitatively and qualitatively.  Quantitative
variability is a measure of how the magnitude of the
toxicity changes over time (e.g., ranges from 3 to 10
toxic  units).  Qualitative variability  is a measure of
how the underlying causes of effluent toxicity change
over  time (e.g.,  toxicity caused by  high copper
concentrations  at   one    time   and   high
pentachlorophenol concentrations at another). Both
of these  components of variability  may  be (and
frequently are) present in an effluent. Therefore, a
toxicity characterization sampling program and
subsequent  treatability  and/or chemical  analysis
programs must be designed so that both components
of variability -the magnitude  and  the underlying
causes - are assessed by the evaluation.


Determining  the Number and Timing  of Samples
The magnitude, frequency, and type of variability in
toxicity exhibited by  an effluent will determine the
number of samples which must be evaluated by the
toxicity characterization procedures. In general, the
number and  timing of samples must be sufficient to
capture both the pattern of variability exhibited by
the effluent and all of the toxicants which contribute
significantly  to effluent toxicity over time. There are
at least two  methods  for assessing the type and
pattern of variability in an effluent's toxicity.

Again, the most definitive approach is to repeat the
battery of Phase  I  characterization  procedures a
number of times  on freshly collected samples of
effluent until the type and pattern  of variability is
identified. In this way the variability can be assessed
concurrently with  the determination of the
physical/chemical  characteristics of the  effluent
toxicity.  This should be  a very accurate  approach
because the results of the characterizations are used
as the point of comparison; if variability is  observed,
it  is real variability. It is necessary  to repeat the
characterization procedures a  sufficient number of
times  to  ensure that  both  quantitative  and
qualitative variability  are understood  prior to
preceding to  either treatability studies or  Phase II
toxicant identification analyses.

A second less direct approach for estimating the type
and magnitude of the  variability in  final effluent
toxicity is to use the existing data on  effluent toxicity
which is gathered in Tier I of this protocol. If several
species of aquatic organisms were routinely used to
test the toxicity of a given effluent the  responses
recorded from a number of samples could show that
the cause of effluent toxicity changes over time. The
amount that  each  species' sensitivity to the effluent
changes from one sample to the next provides an
indication of the magnitude  and  frequency of
quantitative  variability in the effluent toxicity. The
 manner in which the relative  sensitivities of the
 various  species changes  over  time may provide an
 indication of the  occurrence  and frequency  of
 qualitative variability.  If the variability in  an
 effluent's toxicity is totally quantitative in nature,
 the magnitude  of each species' response would change
 over time, but  all species tested should maintain the
 same relative sensitivities.  On the  other hand, if the
 species'  relative  sensitivities also change over time,
 there is  evidence for qualitative effluent variability.

 The use of multiple species  to assess  qualitative
 variability is based on the observation that different
 species  exhibit  different  sensitivities  to  various
 toxicants in effluents. For  instance, for water with
 the same hardness,  the  fathead minnow is
 considerably more  sensitive  to cadmium  (LCso =
 30.5  }ig/L) than the  amphipod,  Gammarus
pseudolimnaeus,  (LC50 = 55.9 pg/L)  (U.S.  EPA.
 1985b); whereas  for copper the situation is reversed
 with G.  pseudolimnaeus (LCso—  22.1  pg/L) being
 more sensitive.than the  fathead  minnow (LCso =
 115.5 ug/L) (U.S. EPA, 1985c).

 It should be emphasized  that this  indirect approach
 has several potential sources  of error which could
 lead to  inaccurate  conclusions  (e.g., if data  from
 effluent  samples with different levels of hardness are
 compared).  Therefore, it is recommended  that the
 data from the Phase  I characterization tests be used
 as the primary basis for determinations of effluent
 variability and the relative responses of the toxicity
 test species should be used with caution as secondary,
 supporting  evidence.
Toxicity  Testing Procedures
In  the  performance of  a  toxicity  identification
evaluation,  it  is  essential to  select  a toxicity
monitoring tool which is sensitive enough and  has
similar toxicological responses to the designated TRE
target. In general, this criterion  will lead to the use of
an aquatic organism toxicity  test,  since  the
designated target  will usually be expressed as  a
whole effluent  toxicity permit limit.  The  actual
selection of the toxicity test organism for the TRE
may or may not be specified as an NPDES  permit
condition or in an administrative order issued by the
regulatory authority.  This factor, to a certain  extent,
will drive the choice of the species and the test to be
used in the TRE. In other cases the guidance may not
be  specific,  and the discharger  may have more
discretion in the selection of the TRE monitoring tool.
However, pertinent information may be available to
aid in the selection process. For example, if the TRE
was triggered by an effluent toxicity biomonitoring
monitoring  requirement, the results should prove
valuable in identifying a  sufficiently sensitive  test
organism.  Normally, several  aquatic  organisms
would be utilized in this  monitoring  and the most
                                                  6-3

-------
sensitive  of these  should be an adequate  toxicity
indicator in  the TIE.

It is  important to differentiate  the objectives and
requirements for toxicity testing  in  TIEs from those
of  the overall TRE  and the NPDES  permit
biomonitoring requirements.  Usually,  the
biomonitoring requirements that trigger a TRE will
be  specified as  the toxicity tests to be used in the
follow-up  monitoring  and confirmation  of the
reduction in effluent toxicity (Tier VI). These permit
biomonitoring   requirements  and  the  associated
water quality-based whole effluent toxicity limits are
derived in  order to be  protective of State  water-
quality  standards. Achievement  of  the  desired
effluent toxicity reduction to meet the TRE objective
can only be demonstrated by  utilizing these  same
biomonitoring  tests  and  specified  toxicity test
endpoints (LCso or NOEL). If an effluent exhibits
both acute and  chronic toxicity the  TRE  solution  or
control method  must ensure that all limits  will be
met. For  the purposes of TIEs certain modifications of
appropriately sensitive toxicity tests can  be  used  in
order to achieve the objectives of the  particular phase
of  the TIE being conducted.  However,  the
investigator should never lose sight of the  objective of
the TRE: to  reduce toxicity to acceptable  levels for the
permit biomonitoring species. Thus,  there must be a
demonstrated  toxicological  relationship   or
correlation  between the permitted  species and the
TIE test species.

In addition  to sensitivity comparable to the  toxicity
test specified for permit monitoring,  other criteria in
selecting a toxicity test for the TIE  should be  speed
and cost. In most cases  conducting  characterization
procedures  will require the  performance  of a
relatively large number of toxicity tests. For this
reason, tests species which are easily cultured and
relatively inexpensive should be considered first. If a
sensitive test species which is also convenient cannot
be found, it may be possible to modify a sensitive test
so that it becomes more rapid and less  expensive.
Possible modifications for  the purpose of  TIEs include
the use of shorter exposure times, fewer replicates,
fewer  organisms  per  replicate,  fewer  exposure
concentrations,  and  perhaps timed lethality
endpoints. Since modifications of this nature involve
concessions  to  the  standard quality assurance and
quality control procedures for toxicity testing, special
care must be taken to ensure that  the tests results are
not compromised and  are of sufficient  accuracy for
the specific  purpose for which they  are used in the
TIE. A more detailed discussion of this subject  is
presented   in  the  EPA Phase  I  Toxicity
Characterization Procedures document.

As stated previously, the procedures  described in the
TIE methods manual (EPA,  1988) are only designed
to utilize acute toxicity tests.  However  these TIE
procedures  can  be  used in  situations where either
acute or chronic toxicity triggered the TRE. In order
for the current TIE methods to be  applicable for
achieving a  chronic  toxicity  target  there  must  be
measurable whole effluent  acute toxicity present to
enable the characterization of the toxicity and the
identification of the toxicants. Use of the more easily
performed acute test in situations  where chronic
toxicity is the most limiting requires  the assumption
that the acute and chronic toxicity of the effluent are
caused by the same compound. This assumption can
be validated in the Phase III confirmation step which
correlates  the  concentration  of  the  toxicant
(identified in Phase II) with both  the  acute and
chronic toxicity measured in the same sample.

If it is not possible to  utilize the current TIE methods
with  acute toxicity tests, then  Tier  II evaluations,
Tier IV source investigations,  and Tier V treatability
studies  can all still be  carried  out using EPA
procedures for chronic toxicity testing (Horning and
Weber,  1985) to achieve  the TRE objectives. In cases
where measurable acute toxicity is present and the
TIE methods are used to identify the  toxicant and to
select a toxicity control method, chronic toxicity tests
would then be used  in  the  Tier  VI follow-up
monitoring and confirmation of toxicity reduction,

Another concern in the  selection of a toxicity test is
the  presence  of qualitative  variability. If the
causative agents of toxicity  change over time,  it may
be necessary to simultaneously use  more than one
sensitive monitoring species (i.e., a sufficient number
of species to detect all of the expected toxicants). If
one species is not sufficiently sensitive to all of the
toxicants over the range  at which they are present in
the effluent, then the  use of an additional monitoring
species  for the TIE  would  be indicated.  While this
may  be  a concern in  certain  cases, it  should be
emphasized that variability in the causative toxicant
will not  always  necessitate the use of  several
monitoring species. As long  as a single species of test
organism  is  sensitive to each toxicant at  the
concentration  range  found  in  the  effluent,  that
species can be used.


Description  of  Characterization  Methods

As previously mentioned, the objective of a toxicity
characterization procedure  is to narrow down the
search  for  feasible  treatment methods and/or
methods of analysis to identify the causative agents
of effluent toxicity. This is accomplished by dividing
an  effluent  into a  variety of  fractions and then
determining which of these fractions is toxic,  or by
isolating and  inactivating a specific  class of
toxicants. Theoretically,  there are a large number of
schemes which could  be  devised based on
fundamental  principles of chemistry  and physics to
characterize  an effluent. However,  the restraints
which arise  due  to  the use of toxicity  tests  as
indicators of which characterization  tests alter  the
                                                  6-4

-------
toxicity complicate  the  development of a  logical,
broadly applicable  procedure.  For this  reason
facilities faced with conducting a TRE can  benefit
from detailed guidance on the methods that can be
used  for toxicity  identification evaluations.  While
flexibility  in the  design  and  selection of
characterization procedures is attractive it should be
recognized  at the outset given  a TRE  that the
information needed to choose the best scheme is not
readily apparent.  Therefore to avoid each  facility
having to  expend the time  and  cost to develop
methods for conducting TIEs, detailed documentation
of a characterization scheme has been prepared. This
standardized characterization procedure has proven
very useful in many TIEs conducted to date and will
be described in the following paragraphs.

Some of the case studies contained in the appendix to
this  document were  conducted  prior to  the
availability of the  Phase I methods and relied on
other characterization schemes. One of these  was
first developed by Walsh and Garnas (1983) and uses
a sequence of resin adsorptions  and chemical
extractions  to divide  the  effluent eventually  into
classes of chemicals. This approach was a forerunner
in concept  to  the  EPA  recommended  procedures.
These methods may be useful as subsequent Phase I
tests in cases where the experience  of the investigator
allows for  their modification  for application to  a
given  effluent. However,  for use  as  an  initial
approach for  characterization  of effluent toxicity a
great deal  of preliminary  development of methods
and laboratory procedures  would need   to  be
conducted by the investigator at a given facility.

In the context of this discussion, the characterization
procedures described in the  Phase I document  are the
most germane. In this procedure, individual aliquots
of effluent  are subjected to seven  physical/chemical
characterization tests. Each  test is designed to
remove or neutralize a specific category of toxicants.
Following the performance of each test, any change
in effluent aliquot toxicity is determined,  using
short-term,  inexpensive acute toxicity  tests  whenever
possible. The toxicity attributable to the removed or
neutralized group  of compounds  is calculated by
subtracting the treated aliquot toxicity from the
baseline toxicity of the effluent. Therefore, the first
characterization test is a determination  of baseline
(unmanipulated) effluent toxicity. The six remaining
characterization tests are  as follows:
1.  Degradation  Test - to  determine  how  much
   toxicity  degrades  over time  (also  establishes
   acceptable  sample holding time and conditions).
2.  pH Adjustment Test and Graduated pH Test - to
   determine the effect of pH manipulation  on
   effluent toxicants  and the  effect  on causative
   agent  toxicity.
3.   Filtration Test - to determine toxicity associated
    with filterable material or toxicants that can be
    made insoluble through pH change.
4.   Aeration/pH Adjustment  Test -  to  determine
    toxicity attributable  to  oxidizable or  volatile
    compounds or those compounds that can be made
    volatile or  oxidizable through pH change(pH
    adjustment  helps  define  the acidic, basic, and
    neutral character or the oxidation state  of these
    toxicants).

5.   Solid Phase Extraction/pH Adjustment Test - to
    determine toxicity  attributable  to non-polar
    organic and  metal  chelate compounds  or those
    compounds that can be made non-polar  through
    pH  change (pH adjustments  help  define  the
    acidic,  basic,  and neutral character of these non-
    polar toxicants).

6.   Oxidant Reduction Test - to determine how much
    toxicity is attributable  to oxidants or certain
    electrophiles.

7.   EDTA  Chelation Test  - to determine how much
    toxicity  is  attributable  to certain  cationic
    toxicants such as heavy metals.

It  should  be noted that  in order  to accurately
characterize an effluent using the Phase I method, all
of the tests should be performed. Each test is designed
to  consider  a  different question and  rigorous
conclusions can only be formed  when the complete
battery  of tests is conducted. As discussed previously,
the  characterization  tests should be  performed  a
suffkient number of times to  ensure that variability
in  the  cause  of effluent  toxicity  is addressed. In
addition, it is recommended that the  results of the
complete battery of tests be considered together when
interpreting the  data. Consideration of all  results,
both  positive and negative,  will help define  the
nature of the causative agents.


Quality   Assurance/Quality  Control
As  in all  studies,  it is imperative that a  QA/QC
program  be  implemented  for  the  toxicity
characterization procedures.  Such a program must
address the performance of the chemical and physical
separations as well as the  toxicity tests.  Detailed
guidance of QA/QC  for  effluent toxicity
characterizations is presented in the EPA Phase I-III
document.

Phase  //  -   /den f/ffco f/on  of Specific
              fox/can fs

The aforementioned  toxicity  characterization
procedures are designed to identify classes or groups
of compounds contributing to effluent  toxicity. With
that information, a discharger may decide to attempt
to identify the specific toxicants  in these classes. A
                                                  6-5

-------
successful identification will facilitate the selection
of treatment options and/or the identification of the
ultimate source(s) of toxicity.

Identification of  specific toxicants has the greatest
chance for success and is the most cost-effective if it is
based on the findings of the toxicity characterization
program.  Such  a plan  would  perform  only those
chemical analyses which  could identify  specific
toxicants of the type expected  in the flagged toxic
characterization  classes. For instance, if the non-
polar neutral organic fraction was identified  as the
most toxic, emphasis should be placed on performing
chemical analyses on the neutral non-polar organic
compounds in the effluent. In this case, there would
be no need to spend time and money on analysis  of
acidic or basic organics or for inorganics.

The  number and timing of specific chemical analyses
which  need be performed should be geared  to the
expected qualitative variability in effluent  toxicity.
Guidance should be available concerning this issue
from the results of the previous effluent monitoring
and  Phase  I toxicity  characterization  data  and
results.  However,  it  is important  to recognize that the
fewer the number of samples evaluated, the  higher
the uncertainty that all of the causes of toxicity have
been completely  identified. The Phase II methods
document provides  more detailed guidance on
available methods of analysis and interpretation of
results.

Phase III  -  Confirmation  of
              /den tlllca tions

Regardless  of whether  the identification  of toxic
causative agents progressed to single chemicals  or
stopped   at   classes  of   chemicals  or
physically/chemically defined classes of compounds
to be used  to determine a  treatment method, it  is
desirable to confirm these  findings. This can be
accomplished in  several ways depending upon the
specificity of  the  identification  (Personal
Communication, L. Anderson  Carnahan,  April.  1987).
The  EPA Phase III  document addresses this issue in
detail.

If single chemicals have been identified as the cause
of final effluent toxicity, there  are  several approaches
to confirmation:

1. toxicological literature data, for the toxicity test
   species  which has been used, are available for
   this chemical, a comparison can be made between
   the observed concentration in the effluent and its
   reported toxicity. If the effluent concentration is
   at  a level consistent with the effluent toxicity
   based on the effect concentration, confirmation is
   supported.
2.   Toxicity tests can be performed with a control
    water,  similar to the effluent  in its  chemical
    make-up)  spiked  with the same concentration of
    suspect causative toxicant(s) as in the effluent
    sample. If the results of the spiked control water
    toxicity test  approximate  the effluent  LCso or
    NOEL, confirmation is supported.

3.   Effluent  samples which have been treated to
    remove toxicity can be spiked with the suspected
    toxicants at their original concentration in the
    effluent. If the same degree of toxicity occurs at
    the concentration originally found in the effluent,
    confirmation is supported.

4.   If a water quality parameter is known to alter the
    toxicity of a suspected  toxicant  (e.g., pH on
    pentachlorophenol),  the  effect of varying  that
    parameter on the toxicity of an effluent sample
    can be evaluated. If the toxicity varies in the
    expected manner, confirmation is supported.

5.   A  number of species  can be  simultaneously
    exposed to the effluent and  the resulting species
    sensitivities ranked.  If,  for the  same  species,
    literature  values  or results  for  control water
    spiked  with  the  suspect causative  toxicant(s)
    indicate the  same  ranking,  confirmation is
    supported.

6.   As the toxicity of the effluent varies over  a
    number of samples,  compare the  concentrations
    of the  suspected toxicant in those samples with
    toxicity test results. If a significant correlation is
    observed, confirmation is supported.

7.   Some chemicals produce unique and discernable
    effects  in aquatic organisms. If the  observed
    symptoms match the known  effects  of the
    suspected  toxicant  (as observed in a  spiked
    control water toxicity  test),  confirmation is
    supported.

8.   Elimination  of toxicity upon removal  of the
    suspect  toxicant(s) from  the  wastestream
    supports the study conclusions.
This is not an exhaustive list of possible confirmation
methods. No single method would produce conclusive
evidence and,  therefore, performance of several is
advisable to provide a weight of evidence. If the TIE
is halted  following  Phase  I characterization,  to
pursue  a treatability  approach confirmation should
still be undertaken. This  will ensure  that the
treatment  option selected  will  adequately and
consistently remedy the  toxicity and will produce  an
effluent of  sufficient quality  to  meet  the TRE
objective.
                                                  6-6

-------
                                               Section 7
                                 Source  Identification  Evaluation
 The results of the toxicity identification evaluation
 (TIE)  should provide the clearest picture possible of
 what is causing final effluent toxicity. Based on this
 information, a discharger must decide how to proceed
 in the TRE process. One option at  this point is  to
 evaluate various treatment methods for the removal
 of the identified toxicants from the final effluent. The
 other  option  is to  search for  the  source(s) of the
 identified toxicants  or toxicity. Source controls, such
 as chemical substitution, spill control or treatment of
 the  source  stream,  may  be  technically  and
 economically more attractive than treating the final
 effluent. For the purpose of this discussion, influent
 streams  are  defined  as all  streams  that are
 tributaries to  the wastewater treatment system (e.g.,
 process  streams,  surface  runoff,  non-process
 wastewaters).  Source streams   are  those  influent
 streams which  are found to   be  contributing  to
 effluent toxicity.

 There  are advantages and disadvantages associated
 with both the treatability and  source  investigation
 options.  Proceeding to  treatability  studies  on the
 final effluent is perhaps the more  direct approach and
 can normally  result in  successful resolution of the
 toxicity problem. However, the cost of this success
 may  be  high;  requiring the construction  or
 modification of a  treatment unit  with additional
 operating expenses.  On the other hand, identification
 of the source of toxicity could result in a much  more
 cost-effective solution and minimize the potential for
 cross-media transfer of toxic pollutants to the air or
 sludge during wastewater treatment. The search for
 source streams  may be  a difficult  task in complex
facilities with highly variable  production schedules
 and processes. However, if the  upstream search  is
 successful and the  toxicity of the identified source
 streams  can be easily treated  or reduced  by  other
 source control methods, a  major  savings  in
construction, operation,  and maintenance might be
realized.  It is often the case, that treatment  of
 smaller, more  concentrated streams can be performed
 more efficiently and economically than treatment of
large,  relatively  dilute  streams  (e.g., the  final
effluent).

Selection between the treatability studies and source
identification options must be made on a site  specific
basis.  Subjects  for  consideration  in  this  selection
include: the results of the TIE and facility operation
tiers  of the TRE, the  ease of treating the  final
effluent, the number of possible source streams, the
ability to  modify  the  associated  processes  or
substitute process chemicals, and  the variability in
the causes of toxicity. The purpose of this section is to
present some generalized methods to conduct a source
identification evaluation. Guidance on treatability
studies is discussed in Section 8 - Toxicity Reduction
Methods.

For this section, it is assumed that if the decision is
made  to  search for the sources  of final effluent
toxicity, the following five step approach may prove
appropriate:

1.   Set a search  image for upstream  evaluations
    based on the results of the TIE.

2.   Select  sampling  locations on  selected  suspect
    source streams  based on the  TIE  results and
    facility information from Tiers I and II. If obvious
    suspect  source streams  are not evident, use the
    process  of elimination  to systematically work
    upstream  and  narrow down the number of
    possible  source streams.

3a.  If the causative  agents  of effluent toxicity  have
    been identified in the TIE, use chemical specific
    analyses for these compounds for  tracking  to
    sources.

3b.  Where  necessary,  evaluate   the  degradation
    effects of the facility treatment plant on altering
    the toxicants identified  in the effluent. Modify
    the search image according to the results of this
    evaluation.

4a.  If the TIE did not result in the identification of
    the specific chemicals causing effluent toxicity
    use bench  scale  model  to  simulate treatment
    plant degradation and track toxicity.

4b.  Where necessary characterize  (Phase I of TIE)
    the bench  scale  treated  samples from  suspect
    source  streams  to provide  a  more  detailed
    comparison  with the  search image.
                                                   7-1

-------
5. If specific process  streams have been  clearly
    identified as the sources of final effluent toxicity,
    move up through the process stream to identify
    toxic side- streams.

At the completion of this procedure, upstream sources
of final  effluent toxicity  may be identified.  Source
streams will only be identified if they are sufficiently
toxic and are not detoxified by the treatment system,
or if they contain the specific toxicants found in the
final effluent or their precursors. Figure 7.1 presents
a  flowchart illustrating the strategy to  conduct a
source identification evaluation. This  process will be
greatly simplified  if a specific chemical has  been
identified  as a causative  agent  of  final effluent
toxicity.  If this chemical  is known to be chemically
refractory to treatment, it  would be possible to simply
look for this chemical in the influent streams.
However, if there is the likelihood that the causative
agent  is altered  in the treatment  process  (e.g.,
rearrangement or reaction/decomposition products),
it may  be necessary to follow  the  scheme for
evaluating treatment degradation presented in this
section.  Examples of source  investigations  are
presented  in Appendices Al, A2,  A3,  A6 and A7.
These  examples vary  in complexity from  simply
identifying  the  toxic  source  streams  to the  final
wastestream, to large and complex facilities where
the biodegradability of toxicity of numerous process
streams  was evaluated before and after  treatment
(A2 and A7).

Setting the  Initial Search Image

In most  cases, the results of the TIE  will  identify
either the specific chemicals or classes of compounds
which are causing final effluent toxicity. In addition,
the  manner in which  these toxicants  or the
characteristics of the toxicity vary over time will also
be assessed. A  review of this information  should
produce  an  initial search  image for the  source
identification effort. As one moves further upstream,
it may be necessary to alter this initial search image
based on how the wastewater treatment  system or
any  other  process may degrade or alter toxic
constituents.

Sample Collection from  the  Influent
Streams or Selected Process Streams
Design  of a sample collection  scheme for  source
investigation tracking must be based on site specific
circumstances and on the information gathered  in
the  previously  conducted Tiers of the TRE. For
chemical specific tracking it  may be possible to use
collected information to determine one  or more
"suspected"  source streams.  The sampling  scheme
would  then be designed to confirm which of these
suspected source streams  is in fact, the  source of the
identified toxicants. Where there are a large number
of influent streams, and/or it is not evident from the
available facility information which are the likely
source  streams,  then the sampling design should
utilize the process of elimination to work up through
the influent streams to the source of the identified
toxicants. Procedures for sample  collection  and
handling are  described in several EPA documents
(USEPA1982,1979,1988a and  1988b).

If the TIE has not resulted in the identification of the
specific toxicants, but has successfully characterized
the physical/chemical nature of the toxicity, it  will
usually be difficult to select "suspect" source streams
to streamline the source investigation. In this case it
would be most effective to  design a more systematic
sampling scheme  which  utilizes  the process  of
elimination to track the toxicity up the wastewater
stream to the source (s).

The  information on the variability  of the toxicity
gained from  the TIE  and also from the  facility
information Tiers of the TRE  should be utilized  to
assist in determining the number and timing  of
samples. This information  should also be useful for
deciding whether grab or composite samples should
be used. Initially, flow  proportional composite
samples should be used and  scheduled to  coincide
with  facility  production  schedules. Influent stream
flow  data must be collected as part of the  sample
collection in  order  to  determine  the  relative
contributions of each influent stream sampled to the
combined wastestream and final effluent.

Chemical Specific Analyses  for Tracking
to Toxicant Sources
If the TIE has successfully identified and confirmed
the causative agents of effluent toxicity,  chemical
specific analyses for these compounds can be used for
the source investigation.  This approach involves
utilizing the  chemical analysis techniques  used  in
Phase II of the TIE to test for these compounds in the
samples from the influent streams, In some cases the
facility  information  from Tier II  of the TRE  may
indicate  which  influent  streams  are the  likely
sources of the identified toxicants.  However, it  will
usually  be  necessary to  conduct  sampling  and
analysis to ascertain which influent stream(s) is in
fact the source of the toxicants. Methods for chemical
analysis can be found in the Standard Methods for
the Examination of Water and Wastewater (APHA,
1985)  and in  American Society  for Testing  and
Materials  (ASTM) manuals.

Prior  to  chemical  analysis  of influent  stream
samples, a literature  search may  be conducted to
determine if  the toxicant identified could be  a
degradation product  of the wastewater treatment
plant. Where there is clear evidence that the toxicant
is a   treatment by-product, the influent  samples
should be analyzed for the precursor compounds as
well  as  the identified toxicants.  In cases where

-------
                                               Results of Toxicity
                                                 Identification
                                                  Evaluation
                                               Search Image for
                                                Influent Toxicity
                                                  Sources
                                               Sample Collection
                                                 from Influent
                                               Streams/Selected
                                               Process Streams
                                                    L
    Chemical  Specific
     Investigation of
     Influent Streams
   Evaluate Treatment
   Effects on Identified
       Toxicants
                                               Compare Against
                                                Search Image
                                                 Identify Prime
                                                Suspect Source
                                                   Streams
                                                Evaluate Source
                                               Controls/Treatability
                                    Influent Toxicity
                                    Tracking Using
                                     Bench Scale
                                   Treatment Models
                                     Characterize
                                   Toxicity of Influent
                                       Streams
                                                    Do Any
                                                Influent Streams
                                                 Match Search
                                                    Image?
             No
                                                                                          Stop Source
                                                                                          Identification
                                                                                        Evaluation - Go to
                                                                                        Treatability Studies
 Figure 7.1.   Source identification evaluation  flow chart.

chemical specific analysis is successful in locating the
source of effluent toxicity the TRE can proceed to Tier
V Toxicity Control Method  Evaluation.  If the source
stream cannot be located following this approach, the
results of the chemical analyses of the  influents and
of the TIE should be carefully reviewed to determine
if errors or unsupported conclusions have been made.
Attention should be paid to whether the samples
collected were representative of the influent streams
and that variability in the  production schedules and
effluent  toxicity have  been considered in  the
sampling  design.

If this review determines  that the wastewater
treatment plant may have an effect  on the toxicants
that was not apparent from the literature search it
may be necessary to evaluate the degradation  effects
of the treatment  plant. This evaluation would
determine how  the treatment system alters the
chemicals of concern. These results would be used to
                                                     7-3

-------
modify the search image to  be used for the source
investigation.


Evaluate Treatment  Effects  on Identified
Toxicants

Wastewater treatment  systems can  affect  the
magnitude and composition  of toxicity  in  the
wastewater stream  in  a variety of ways. Some
influent  toxicants may be degraded into  non-toxic
moieties, others may simply pass unaffected through
the  system,  and still others may  be  altered or
degraded into  even more toxic  products. In most
industrial situations,  it is not possible to predict the
likely outcome, This  lack of predictability is  not
surprising  since wastewater  treatment  systems are
not generally designed to treat toxicity. Most systems
are designed to treat conventional pollutants and the
fate of toxicity is incidental. Therefore, since the fate
of toxicants cannot always  be  predicted, in some cases
it may be necessary to empirically determine how the
treatment system at a specific facility affects toxicity.
The objective of such an  evaluation is to modify the
search image formed from the TIE results to include
any alterations imposed by  the  treatment system.
This revised search image will then allow for a more
comprehensive  analysis  for  the  chemicals  in  the
various process streams that are potential  sources of
final effluent toxicity.  Again,  in cases in which  the
specific  causative agents of toxicity in  the final
effluent  are  refractory to  treatment,  detailed
evaluation  of the role played by the treatment plant
will not be  necessary.

The evaluation of how  the wastewater  treatment
system  impacts toxicity  can  be  addressed by
performing specific  chemical analyses  on both its
influent  and effluent streams (e.g., Appendix  Section
A2 and A7). If the toxicity in the effluent is variable,
samples should be collected in  a manner which
ensures  that the same slug  of wastewater is being
analyzed in the influent sample and  the effluent
sample.  This  will require consideration  of transit
time through the system and collection of the effluent
sample the proper amount of time after the influent
sample  was   collected. Using this  approach,
comparison of the influent and effluent results should
identify  how   the  treatment system  affects  the
magnitude and composition of wastewater toxicity at
any particular time.

The number  and timing of samples  required to
adequately evaluate  treatment system impacts on
toxicity will depend  on  the  type and frequency of
variability exhibited by the effluent. If the toxicity in
the final effluent has been shown to exhibit little or
no  qualitative  variability over time, it   might be
sufficient to perform this comparison of treatment
plant influent  only twice.  However, if qualitative
variability has been  shown  to be significant,  then
samples  should be analyzed a sufficient number of
times  so that the fate of each  of the identified
toxicants is evaluated. For example, if the toxicity in
the effluent is sometimes caused by a cations and at
other times by a neutral organic, the treatment plant
analyses should be performed at  least twice when
each  situation  occurs.  Double  checking in  this
analysis is recommended  in order  to ensure  a
successful source investigation.

If the concentration of the toxicant in the influent to
the treatment plant can be shown to be greater than
or equal to the  concentration observed in the final
effluent, the plant probably does not have an effect
and the SIE can proceed to chemical analysis of the
process streams. On  the other hand, if the  specific
compound  is  absent  in  the influent or markedly
increased in  the effluent relative to the influent,
more specific analysis will be necessary to determine
the precursor or parent compounds of the effluent
toxicants. Understanding the reactions  would  help
form the proper search image when proceeding  into
the influent  streams.  Where this  determination
proves to be a prodigious task, the investigator  may
choose to use  the alternative  approach described in
step 4 to track toxicity.

Use Bench Scale Model to Simulate
Treatment Plant Degradation and Track
Toxicity to Source Streams
If process streams are shown to contain  the specific
toxicants found in  the final effluent  or contain
precursors  to those toxicants, there is little question
as to  their designation as sources of final effluent
toxicity.  However,   if process  streams  are   only
suspected as possible  sources of final effluent toxicity
because  they are known to contain the  appropriate
physical/chemical  classes of toxicants,  there  still
exists  some  uncertainty.  A major  reason for  this
uncertainty is the possibility that even though the
process stream contains the proper class of toxicants,
the specific chemicals in the stream may degrade or
be chemically or physically transformed as they  pass
through the  wastewater treatment  system.   Just
because a class of toxicants has  the potential to either
pass through the treatment process unaltered or be
degraded into another toxic class does not mean  that
the specific  chemicals in  any particular process
stream will follow this general scenario. Therefore, if
generic toxicity  is to be used to  investigate which
influent  streams are the sources  of  final effluent
toxicity,  it  will usually be necessary to evaluate the
degradability of each  influent stream sample prior to
testing for  toxicity.

The degradability of the toxicity in a specific influent
stream can best be estimated by individually passing
that  stream through the  actual wastewater
treatment  system  and observing the outcome  (e.g.,
Appendix A7).  Unfortunately,  this type of
experiment is not  usually possible in an industrial
                                                  7-4

-------
facility because of the  difficulty  in segregating
streams and the lack of storage for the other sources
of wastewater.  Therefore,  degradability  must be
estimated using  physical models of the treatment
system (e.g., Appendix A2).

The  first  step in the use of physical models  is to
determine the appropriate bench scale model of the
wastewater  treatment  system.  If  the system just
contains one unit (e.g., an activated sludge unit with
no equalization  or aerated ponds) then this step is
trivial. However, if the system consists of several
units  (e.g.,  aerated  ponds,  followed by  activated
sludge, followed  by carbon adsorption), then  it is
necessary to  either model all of these units or identify
which  unit is the most important in toxicity control.
Such an  identification effort may require  sampling
along  the treatment process  and  determining the
effect of each unit on toxicity.

The  second  step is to design the physical model to
mimic  the unit under consideration. Possible design
criteria would include  hydraulic  residence  time,
physical and chemical conditions (e.g., pH, DO, and
temperature), and biological composition (e.g., proper
bacterial composition and biomass).

The third  step would be to validate the accuracy and
precision of the  physical models predictions. Model
accuracy could be evaluated by collecting a sample of
the influent to the treatment plant  and passing it
through the model. If the output of the model is the
same as the real unit, accuracy is validated. Model
precision could be evaluated by setting up several
replicates of the model and  passing  the same waste
stream through  each or by splitting a sample and
testing each aliquot. If the  outputs  of all replicates
are  the  same,  precision is validated. Since the
purpose of this  approach is to assess the relative
toxicity of the influent  streams to  determine the
source of effluent toxicity, it is not always necessary
that the  bench  scale physical model  exactly mimic
the quantitative effect of the treatment  plant. This
concession to the accuracy and precision of the bench
scale model should not compromise the models utility
to assess the toxicity which is refractory to treatment
nor should it prevent the tracking of this refractory
toxicity to its source.

The  fourth  and final step  would be to pass  each
process stream under consideration through the
model treatment  system  and  evaluate  the
degradation  in  toxicity.  When individual process
streams are passed through the model system, it is
important that  consideration be given to  whether
some predilution may be necessary. One reason for
predilution  is  to  prevent killing  the bacterial
community in the unit by exposure to a very  toxic
process stream. The resident bacterial flora  may not
be accustomed to such high levels of toxicity, since it
is normally  exposed to this process stream only after
it  has been  diluted by  other influent streams, A
second  reason  for  predilution is to  provide an
adequate  range  of nutrients to  the bacterial
community. The resident bacterial flora may require
a  variety  of nutrients  which it  would  normally
receive  from  a  mixture of  all influent  streams.
However,  if only  one  process stream is passed
through the  model, the  bacterial flora  may  not
receive its  nutritional  requirements  and,
consequently,  not function normally. This potential
problem can be overcome by  prediluting the suspect
process stream with a  small amount of the mixed
influent which normally enters the treatment unit.
This small amount of predilution will not alter the
outcome of the experiment  as long as a suitable
control  is  used. The EPA protocol  for conducting
municipal  TREs  (1988)  provides  additional
discussion on designing these  tests.

At  the  conclusion  of  the degradability test  each
sample  would be tested for toxicity. The toxicity test
used should be the same as was utilized in  the TIE.
However,  it is important to emphasize that either
acute or chronic toxicity tests can be used for this
evaluation.  By following the sampling scheme
described above it should be possible to identify those
influent streams which are the prime suspect sources
of final effluent toxicity. These source streams will
have  been identified because they are sufficiently
toxic  and their toxicity is not diluted  out  by other
influent streams  nor degraded in  the treatment
system. At this point the investigator could proceed
to Tier V of this methodology, the toxicity reduction
method evaluation. If additional information  on the
toxicity of the source stream(s) is desired prior to Tier
V  evaluation,  additional characterization  of  the
toxicity of the identified  source stream  can be
conducted.
Characterize  the Toxicity of Suspect Source
Streams
The  techniques  used to  characterize the toxicity in
the bench scale treated  influent streams should be
the  same as  those  used to characterize  the  final
effluent.  The characterization would begin by
determining the amount of toxicity in the bench scale
treated source stream. This must be  accomplished by
using the same  toxicity test organism and endpoint
selected in the effluent TIE.  These evaluations should
be performed often enough  to detect any variability
in the  toxicity  of the  bench  scale  treated source
stream. The toxic  classes  of  compounds that are
characterized in the samples would then be compared
against the  search  image  to provide additional
certainty that the source streams contain the proper
classes  of toxic constituents.  It may be  useful to
perform these  characterizations often enough to
assess  any  source  stream  variability that could
correlate to variability in effluent toxicity.
                                                  7-5

-------
Further  Upstream  Investigations

Once a process stream has been positively identified
as  a source of final  effluent  toxicity,  it may  be
desirable to move upstream through the process and
identify the  specific "side streams"  which are the
major contributors of toxicity (i.e.,  Appendix A2).
Usually this, more detailed, evaluation would only  be
necessary at very large, complex  facilities.  The
decision to proceed in this direction should consider
the  cost  effectiveness  and  technical  feasibility  of
segregating and treating toxic side-streams if they
are identified. If the decision is made  to proceed, a
similar strategy as was pursued to evaluate process
streams should  be  followed.

The first step is to identify the various side-streams
which feed into the process stream. This can usually
be accomplished by review  of plant  blueprints and
interviews with operations  personnel.  The second
step is to either analyze for specific toxicants (if they
have been identified) or determine the  magnitude of
toxicity in each bench scale treated  side-stream.  A
toxicity evaluation should use the same monitoring
tool as used in any previous characterization efforts
and would be performed often enough to adequately
consider side-stream variability. If the side-stream
receives pretreatment  before  discharge  into  the
process stream, it is  essential that pretreatment be
completed before bench scale treatment and toxicity
measurements are made. If it is not possible to obtain
a side-stream sample after pretreatment, it will be
necessary to use the bench scale  model to simulate
the pretreatment units. The guidance provided in the
previous section could be followed to design, validate,
and use such a model  system.

At  the conclusion of this  evaluation,  it may  be
possible to identify a very concentrated process side-
stream which is the ultimate source of final effluent
toxicity. If so, source  control  options  might  be
directed  towards modification  of the  process,
substitution  of toxic  compounds,  installation of
additional  pretreatment  methods, modifications to
existing  pretreatment systems, or  segregating  the
side-stream from the treatment system for recycling.
                                                  7-6

-------
                                              Section 8
                               Toxicity Reduction Methodologies
The ultimate goal of the TRE is to reduce toxicity in
the final effluent to levels which are not harmful to
the aquatic life of the receiving water. In some cases,
additional reduction in the  effluent toxicity may be
necessary for the protection of wildlife and  human
health,  Initially, one  looks at direct  solutions to
accomplish this;  housekeeping,  chemicals
substitution,  and treatment plant  optimization as
described in  Sections 3 through 5.  Once these steps
are completed, if the effluent still  exhibits toxicity,
then other approaches are indicated.  These include:

•   Source reduction technologies; and

•   Improvement  of waste treatment operations.

Methods by which these may be applied to a  specific
industrial facility are discussed below. In all cases,
the evaluation of methods  to remove toxicity from
wastestreams  must consider the  ramification  of
transferring toxicants to  other  media. Possible
problems include  the need for  disposal  and/or
treatment of newly contaminated material. Each of
the case studies included in Appendix A include some
discussion  of  identified  toxicity  reduction
methodologies  which are specific to the identified
toxicant(
Source  Reduction

Source reduction involves practices and procedures
aimed at  reducing or eliminating toxic loads in the
most practical, cost-effective, and permanent manner
available. Source  reduction may  be  accomplished
from the  most upstream end of the process to the
point of influent to the treatment plant. It assumes
that a specific source can  be identified, and may
involve material substitution,  process modifications,
waste stream commingling,  pretreatment, materials
recovery or waste recycling.

Before  source reduction can  be effective,  those
sources contributing to effluent toxicity  must be
identified. This will normally  take place during the
Toxicity  Identification Evaluation  or  Source
Identification phase of this study. Once identified,
appropriate remedial  technologies for these waste
streams can then be  examined.

Source reduction is not a  clear-cut, step-by-step
process.  The  steps  taken,  criteria  examined,
procedures followed, and technologies addressed will
be highly case  specific, and dependent upon such
factors  as wastestream  composition,  physical
constraints, and flow  variability.  Therefore,  when
examining source reduction technologies, the analyst
must first start out  by identifying those areas most
likely to be positively effected, and then identifying
the  technologies and approaches  which  are  most
likely to  succeed.

Toxic components are  sometimes  found to  be raw
material contaminants,  reaction  catalysts,   or
additives. Sometimes even  slight changes  in the
materials used or specification of an alternate, higher
purity material can result in  a measurable reduction
in toxicity of the effluent.  Further  purification of
contaminated  raw materials  at the plant site would
be an alternate means of accomplishing this  end.

Modification  of the  process which generates a
particular toxic waste component has  been found to
be a very practical means of toxicity reduction. These
modifications may  be primarily  aimed  at waste
reduction, or may be aimed at process efficiency;  the
end  result is  the same. Process modification  could
also  consist of materials substitutions. All of these
options  will  involve  an  intensive  evaluation  by
process  engineering  with  the goal  of  eliminating
certain  specific compounds without  sacrificing
product quality or process efficiency.

Commingling  of waste streams prior to treatment
may  also  provide  for  toxicity reduction  in the
effluent,  The  effect  of dilution, neutralization,
reaction, precipitation or other factors may enable
treatment or degradation of toxic components which
was  not  otherwise possible. Care should be taken in
combining waste  streams,  however,  so  as not  to
prompt unwanted reactions.

Materials recovery operations and waste recycling
are other source reduction options. For example, a
small  amount  of  contaminated  solvent may  be
                                                  8-1

-------
routinely discharged to the treatment system works,
adding to the final toxicity. If this contribution can be
diverted,  and the material recovered, two benefits are
possible; toxicity in the final effluent may be reduced
and solvent may be recovered. Metals recovery from
metal plating operations is another area where waste
recovery may be feasible.

Pretreatment should also be examined as a means of
reducing toxicity in the source waste streams.  Both
physical  and  chemical methods may  be feasible,
depending  upon the stream. Each identified source
stream  should  be examined to  determine  the
characteristics of the toxic component(s). Knowledge
of these characteristics  will  allow  evaluation of
alternate  means to   reduce  the source toxicity,
thereby reducing final effluent toxicity.

Technologies which may be applicable for source
treatment  include chemical oxidation; wet air
oxidation;  resin  adsorption;  air,  steam, or  gas
stripping; and membrane processes including reverse
osmosis and filtration  technologies.  These processes
would be  applied to  the source stream prior to
conventional treatment.  The aim is  to  reduce the
levels  of toxic contaminants in the source  streams
which are causing the observed toxicity in the final
effluent. The  actual technology  employed in a
particular situation would be dependent upon factors
encountered at the site. Selection of an appropriate
technology will probably require lab, bench and pilot
scale demonstrations of the effectiveness  of the
technology prior to actual start up  on a production
scale.

If toxicity in the effluent can be shown to result from
a particular source contribution, and this source can
be  economically reduced,  then these  techniques
should be  examined.  If, however,  toxicity  still
appears in  the effluent which cannot be attributed to
a particular source or production process, or if source
reduction is not feasible because the source cannot be
identified,  then  end-of-pipe treatment alternatives
must be examined.
Wosfe Treofmenf  Operations
Improvements

Plant  optimization is  the most  direct  means to
improve  waste  treatment  operations.  Plant
optimization as described in Section 4 would take
place before any plant alterations  occur. If plant
operations are  already at  an  optimal level, and
effluent quality still does not meet the desired goal,
then further  treatment  modifications may  be
required based on the results of the TIE. Areas to be
examined include hydraulic and mass loading of the
facility, chemical feed rates, biological enhancement,
source batching  or  segregation, effluent polishing,
and additional  treatment processes.

Hydraulic loading should be examined. It is possible
that changes in existing processes or additions of new
process lines may be causing serious disruptions in
plant operations. If hydraulic loading is considered a
problem,  alterations  such as  source  sequencing,
addition  of equalization or  buffer  tanks, and
expansion  of the treatment facility, should all  be
considered.

If contaminant levels in the waste streams are high
enough,  a  plant can  be hydraulically  underloaded
and still be receiving mass  loadings  in excess of
design capacity.  High mass loading could result  in
pass-through  of certain  toxic contaminants,   or
reduction  of treatment efficiency through  shock
loading and upsets of plant operations. All of these
possibilities could lead to effluent toxicity and can be
prevented through appropriate system modifications.


Adjustments and substitutions in the chemical usage
in the various treatment processes can also result in a
desirable improvement in the effluent water quality.
Again, there may be  sufficient  difference  between
design and operating conditions that adjustments are
needed to optimize plant performance. It may also be
possible, through substitution, to  remove  certain
chemical species  which are not removed by existing
operations, and which may be adding to the toxicity
of the final effluent.  Chemicals which  should  be
considered  include: cooling  tower  slimicides,
ammonia  nutrients,  lime,  some  polymers, and
oxidizing agents.

Bio-enharicement is  another  means  to improve
toxicity  reduction  through  a facility. Not  all
organisms  are  equally  effective at  degrading
particular pollutants. If a  stable community can  be
established which is capable of reducing certain toxic
contaminants,  additional  toxicity  reduction  may
result. This may require seeding the system, possibly
with  genetically  engineered organisms, with  an
attendant period of growth and acclimation prior to
operation. The effectiveness and cost of establishing a
new biological  population should be carefully
investigate-d  in bench  or  pilot-scale  prior  to
implementation.

Batching and sequencing of flows may be desirable in
order to even  out peaks and valleys in the plant
loading profiles. This can result in a more consistent
level of treatment through the  plant, and  hence a
better quality effluent.  This  may  require the
construction of additional  influent  holding capacity
(ponds or tanks).

-------
Influent pretreatment may be  required to  remove
unwanted  toxic constituents. This will involve  the
constructing of additional facilities upstream of the
conventional treatment process. An example of where
this may be necessary is at a facility subject to high
metals in the effluent. It may be necessary to remove
these metals prior to conventional treatment.

Effluent  polishing may  be  an  appropriate
alternative. It  is often times possible to reduce
toxicants in the effluent by removing them at the  end
of the pipe. Such may be the case with non-polar
organics which may be effectively removed through
activated carbon or resin adsorption.

Changing  treatment processes, or adding additional
steps in the treatment process, may also be a viable
reduction technology.  Addition of powdered activated
carbon to the biological treatment process can reduce
organic toxins  to acceptable levels. If toxicity is
shown to be a function of suspended solids in the
effluent, then the addition of a final clarifier or filter
may  be required.

Because the need for additional treatment  is a
function  of the wastestream  involved,  the
technologies discussed above must  be screened for
applicability to the situation at hand. Tables 8.1
through 8.4 summarize treatment  technologies for
various wastestreams. These  are  not meant as
comprehensive  summaries  for  the  various
technologies listed. Rather, they serve  to illustrate
the variety of technologies which are available for
consideration.  Further information may be obtained
by consulting the selected references contained in the
Bibliography  Section  of  this  methodology
(Campanella, et al.  1986,  Carpenter,  et al. 1984,
Grosse 1986, Hsu 1986, Kiestra 1986, Noyes 1981,
Petrasek 1981, Fitter 1976, Rawlings 1982, Roberts
1984, Siber 1979, Tabak  1978, Weber  1983). In
addition, two good sources of information published
yearly are  the literature review issue of the Journal
of Water  Pollution  Control Federation,  and
Proceedings of the  Industrial  Waste Conference
sponsored by Purdue University.
Evaluation  of Alternative  Reduction
Methodologies

Changes in  treatment methodologies must be
carefully evaluated prior to implementation. Factors
to consider include:

•   cost;

•  performance;

•   complexity of solution;
                                                      Table 8.1.
    Metal
           Effluent Levels Achievable in Heavy Metal
           Removals*
Achievable Effluent
  Concentration
     (me/L)
     Technology
 Arsenic
 Barium

 Cadmium
 Copper
 Mercury
 Nickel


 Selenium

 Zinc
    0.06


    0.06

    0.006


    0.5

    0.06


    0.05


    0.008

    0.02-0.07

    0.01-0.02

    0.01-0.02

    0.001-0.01

    0.0005-0.005


    0.001-0.005

    0.12


    0.06

    0.1
Sulflde precipitation with
filtration

Carbon absorption

Ferric hydroxide
coprecipitation

Sulfate precipitation

Hydroxide precipitation
at pH 10 to 11

Coprecipitation with
ferric hydroxide

Sulfide precipitation

Hydroxide precipitation

Sulfide precipitation

Sulfide precipitation

Alum coprecipitation

Ferric hydroxide
coprecipitation

Ion exchange

Hydroxide precipitation
at pH 10

Sulfide precipitation

Hydroxide precipitation
atpHll
'Adapted from: Lankford, et al. 1987. Iriginal reference Patterson
1986.
•   ease of implementation;

•   expected life of modification;

•   flexibility of the modification; and

•   application  to various wastestreams.

In evaluating the various alternatives available, the
relative importance that each of these considerations
carries on the final  selection must  be  established.
This will be a site specific determination  and must be
made by the plant.

Costs play an important part in the selection of an
appropriate  alternative. High  cost solutions will
generally be regarded less favorably than lower cost,
unless other factors outweigh them. When  costs are
evaluated, care must be taken to include  all real costs
associated with the alternative.  These may include
design and construction, maintenance and operation,
and additional  disposal costs associated with the
                                                   8-3

-------
             Relative Biodegradability  of  Certain  Organic
             Compounds*
                                  Compounds Generally
                                  Resistant to Biological
                                      Degradation
                                                         Table 8.4.    Air Stripping of Selected  Compounds*
Biodegradable Organic
    Compoundsa
 Acrylic acid
 Aliphatic acids
 Aliphatic alcohols (normal, iso,
 secondary)
 Aliphatic aldehydes
 Aliphatic esters
 Alkyl benzene sulfonates with
 exception of propylene-based
 benzaldehyde
 Aromatic amines
 Dichlorophenols

 Ethanolamines
 Glycols
 Ketones
 Methacrylic acid
 Methyl methacrylate
 Monochlorophenols
 Nitriles
 Phenols
 Primary aliphatic amines
 Styrene
 Vinyl acetate	
                          Ethers
                          Ethylene chlorohydrin
                          Isoprene

                          Methyl  vinyl ketone
                          Morpholine
                          Oil

                          Polymeric compounds
                          Polypropylene benzene
                          sulfonates
                          Selected hydrocarbons
                              Aliphatics
                              Aromatics
                              Alkyl-aryl groups
                          Tertiary aliphatic alcohols
                          Tertiary aliphatic sulfonates
                          Trichlorophenols
a   Some compounds can be degraded biologically only after
    extended periods of acclimation.
*   Adapted from: Lankford, et al. 1987.
 Table  8.3.    Activated  Carbon Treatment  of  Selected
             Compounds*
                       Influent     Effluent
       Compound	(pg/1)(Hg/D    % Removal
Carbon tetrachloride
Hexachloroethane
2-Chloronaphthalene
Chloroform
Hexachlorobutadiene
Hexachloro-
cyclopentadiene
Naphthalene
Tetrachloroethylene
Toluene
Aldrin
Dieldrin
Chlorodane
Endrin
Heptachlor
Heptachlor epoxide
20,450
104
18
1,430
266
1,127
529
34
2,360
84
28
217
123
40
11
560
0.2
<3
27
0.1
0.8
<3
CO.l
<3
0.1
0.2
CO. 1
0.9
0.8
CO. 1
97.3
99.8
>83
98.1
99.9
99.9
>99.4
>99.7
>99.9
99.9
99.3
>99.9
99.3
98
>99.1
Compound
Benzene
Carbon tetrachloride
(tetrachloromethane)
Chlorobenzene
1 ,1 ,1-Trichloroethane
Chloroform
(trichloromethane)
1 ,2-Dichlorobenzene
1 ,3-Dichlorobenzene
1 ,4-Dichlorobenzene
1,2-Trans-
dichloroethylene
1 ,2-Dichloropropane
Ethylbenzene
Methylene chloride
(dichloromethane)
Bromoform
(tribromomethane )
Dichlorobromomethane
Chlorodibromo-
methane
Naphthalene
Nitrobenzene
Toluene
Trichloroethylene
*Adapted from: Lankford,
Solubility
(me/1)
1,780
800
448
4,400
7,840
100
123
79
6,300
2,700
152
16,700
3,190

--
30
1,900
515
1,000
et al. 1987. Original
Observed %
Removal
90
89
97
99
99
93
95
97
84
98
99 +
99 +
92
98
97
91
28
96
98
reference
 *Adapted from: Lankford, et al. 1987. Original reference
 Patterson 1985.
                                                         Patterson 1985.

                                                       generation of any solid waste materials (sludges, etc.)
                                                       not  presently generated.
                                                       Performance of the solution must also  be examined.
                                                       Performance  is  judged on a  number of  factors,
                                                       including but not limited to:
                                                       •    a measurable toxicity reduction;
                                                       •    the effectiveness of the  solution on the expected
                                                            variety of flows to the plant;
                                                       •    the ease with which the solution can be modified
                                                            to handle future changes in the influent process
                                                            wastestreams;  and
                                                       •    the ability  of the modified process to produce an
                                                            effluent  of  consistent quality (i.e.,  consistency in
                                                            achieving final effluent toxicity limit).
                                                       It is probable that more than  one  effective solution
                                                       will be  identified.  Ranking  of  effective solutions by
                                                       some pre-established selection criteria will aid in  the
                                                       selection of a "best" solution.
                                                         8-4

-------
The complexity of the  solution and  the  ease  with
which  the solution  may  be implemented are
important factors to consider. An easily implemented
solution is often desirable over one which requires
significant investment  in  time and  resources, not
only because of resource savings, but also because the
reception at the plant level may be better. Complex
biological systems require more lengthy start-up and
acclimation periods. The  smoother  the  transition
process is  the  more likely changes will succeed in
bringing about the desired effects.

All changes will carry  with  them  attendant useful
lives dependent upon the type of change  made and
design criteria. The useful life is associated with cost
and must also be viewed in light of possible changes
in  plant  production  processes  and regulatory
requirements.

The flexibility of the reduction methodology and  its
applicability to a variety of wastestreams  also bears
examination. A solution may give good results over a
short time frame,  but may become  obsolete through
the  introduction of  new  processes  and  new
wastestreams.  Process  changes,  plant expansions,
and the like should all be considered. Fluctuations in
the present wastestream should also be examined, as
these may effect the appropriateness of the evaluated
technology.

Selection of Reduction  Methodology

After potential reduction methodologies have  been
identified and evaluated, the selection process takes
place.  At  this point,  each methodology  has  been
examined,  and  certain  qualities defined  (cost,
performance,  flexibility).  Selection  requires  that
these  qualities  be  ranked  according  to  some
established criteria, such that a "best" methodology
may be chosen from those identified as potential
solutions.
Each alternative is assigned a weighting with regard
to the criteria and ranked.  Selection of the  "best"
alternative may then proceed based upon the ranking
achieved.
Once the  alternative  is  identified,  confirmation
begins at the lab, bench and/or pilot scales. This is
essential,  since  in  most instances,  significant
investment  in  time and resources  is required for
implementation. Solutions which look good on paper
may not work in actual application due to unforeseen
or unanticipated factors. It may be  necessary to go
through testing on several "best" solutions before one
is identified  which performs up to expectations.
Implementation of the Solution

When  the "best"  solution  has been  selected  and
confirmed, the implementation process can begin.
Implementation  may  consist of  several  phases,
dependent upon the mechanism  selected. If a new
treatment  facility is  built,  then this process may
include design,  construction,  and  start up. If the
change is procedural,  then these  stages  may be
concept,  planning,  and implementation. Whatever
the method selected, the final objective is the same --
reduce toxicity in  the  final effluent to acceptable
levels.
Follow-Up  and Confirmation

After implementation, follow up  and confirmation
are essential. A solution which does not function as
planned is no solution; likewise, specific procedural
changes  must be  carefully implemented and
maintained if they are to continue providing the level
of effectiveness anticipated. More is  said on the follow
up tier in the following chapter.

-------
                                              Section 9
                                   Follow-Up and Confirmation
The  final phase of the TRE process, which occurs
after the control method has  been selected and
implemented, is to confirm that final effluent toxicity
has been reduced to acceptable  levels. This  can be
accomplished  by implementing  an appropriate
monitoring program to measure final effluent
toxicity.  The  follow-up  biomonitoring  would also
most likely be part of a required permit monitoring
program, specified  in  an  NPDES  permit and
associated with  a specific  limit.  In general,  the
acceptable endpoint of the evaluation would be the
target that the TRE was designed to meet which also
would be the permit  compliance limits  for toxicity.
These limits and endpoints could be for  either acute
or chronic toxicity.

Usually,  the  applicable  conditions  for  follow-up
monitoring will be spelled out by the NPDES permit,
administrative order,  etc.  Chemical analyses for the
causative agents  of effluent toxicity might also  be
required in the follow-up monitoring program.
Several of the case studies found in Appendix A have
progressed to the point of implementing follow-up
and confirmation activities.  In Appendix A-l, follow-
up testing indicated that  acute toxicity  had been
either eliminated  or greatly  reduced. Follow-up
monitoring in Appendix A-7 was used to confirm that
non-biodegradable organic  matter was still  the
source of final effluent toxicity.
Normally, the same biomonitoring test and toxicity
endpoint (LC$o or NOEL)  which initially indicated
the effluent toxicity and triggered the TRE will be
used to confirm the successful reduction of effluent
toxicity. The test conditions and procedures, as well
as the  number  and timing of samples,  will be
specified by the  regulatory  authority.  Typically,  a
period of accelerated monitoring to confirm  the
toxicity reduction will be required prior to resuming
regular permit biomonitoring.
                                                 9-1

-------
                                            Section 10
                                           References
Berg, E. 1982. Handbook for Sampling and Sample
  Preservation  of Water  and  Wastewater. U.S.
  Environmental  Protection  Agency,  Cincinnati,
  Ohio. EPA 600/4-82-019.

Berthovek,  D.M.,  and  R. Fan. "Evaluation of
  Treatment Plant Performance:  Causes, Frequency,
  and Duration of Upsets."  J. Water Pollution
  Control Federation, 58,368 (1986).

Burks,  S.L.  Toxicity  of Petroleum Refinery
  Wastewaters  Relative to Types  of Treatment
  Systems. U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency,
  Cincinnati, Ohio (1984).

Campanella,  L.,  E. et al.  "Mercury  Removal from
  Petrochemical Wastes," Water Research, 20, 1, 63
  (1986).

Carpenter, B.H., et al. Toxicity Treatability  of Iron
  and  Steel Plant  Wastewaters:  A Resource
  Document.  U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency
  Office of Research and Development, Washington,
  B.C.,  June 1984.

Draper  N. R., and H. Smith.  Applied  Regression
  Analysis.  John Wiley and Sons, New York, New
  York  (1966) pg. 178.

Eckenfelder, W.W., J. Patoczka, and  A. Watkin,
  Wastewater Treatment,  Chemical Engineering,
  September  2,1985.

Grosse,  D.W.  "A Review of Alternative Treatment
  Processes  for Metal Bearing  Hazardous  Waste
  Streams." J. Air Pollution Control Federation,  36,
  603 (1986).

Hsu, E.H. "Treatment of Petrochemical Wastewaters
  in Sequencing Batch  Reactors." Environmental
  Progress, 5,2, 71 (1986).

Infometrex,   Inc.,  Arthur, Pattern  Recognition
  Software,  Seattle,  Washington  (1986).

Kiestra, H.,  and I. Eggers.  "Treatment of Industrial
  Wastewater."  Water  Science  Technology,  18, 3
  (1986).

Kincannon, D.F., and E.L. Stover. "Determination of
  Activated Sludge Biokinetic  Constants  for
  Chemical and  Plastic Industrial  Wastewaters."
  Environmental Protection Agency Draft Report,
  CR-806843-01-02   (1982).

Lankford,  P.W., Y. Argaman,  and K.D.  Torrens.
  Methodology  for Toxicity Limitation Compliance
  Through Source  Analysis.  59th Annual Water
  Pollution Control Federation  Conference, October
  1986.

Lankford,  P.W.,  W.  W. Edrenfelder, and K. D.
  Torrens. Technological Approaches to  Toxicity
  Reduction  in Municipal and  Industrial
  Wastewater. Annual  Meeting  Virginia Water
  Pollution Control Association, April 1987.

Mount, D.  L, and L. Anderson-Carnahan.  "Methods
  for Toxicity  Reduction Evaluations: Phase I  -
  Toxicity Characterization Procedures."  Draft
  dated January 1987.

Noergaard, G., D.  Duffy,  and  S.  Vanderboom.
  "Troubleshooting  Conventional   Wastewater
  Pretreatment  Systems."  Plating  Surface
  Finishing, 73, 2, 26 (1986).

De  Renzo,  D.J. Pollution Control Technology for
  Industrial  Wastewater. Noyes Data  Corporation,
  Parkeridge, New Jersey (1981).

Patterson,  J.W. Industrial Wastewater Treatment
  Technology. 2nd Edition, Butterworth Publisher,
  Boston, Mass.  (1985).

Petrasek, A.C. Removal and  Partitioning of the
  Volatile Priority  Pollutants  in  Conventional
  Wastewater Treatment Plants - A Capsule Report.
  U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency Report,
  MERL,  Cincinnati,  OH, October  1981.

Petrasek,  A.C., et  al. Fate of Toxic  Organic
  Compounds in  Wastewater Treatment Plants. J.
  Nat. Poll. Cont. Fed., V. 55, p.  1286 (1983).

Pielou, E.G.  Cluster  Analyses Techniques:  The
  Interpretation  of Ecological Data. Wiley
  Interscience, New York, New York (1987).
                                                10-1

-------
Fitter,  P. "Determination of Biological Degradability
  of Organic Substances,"  Water Research,  10, 231
  (1976).

Rawlings, G.D. Toxicity Reduction Manual for  the
  Textile  Manufacturing  Industry.  U.S.
  Environmental  Protection Agency, Research
  Triangle Park, N.C., June 1982.

Roberts,  P.V.,  et al.  Volatization  of Organic
  Pollutants  in  Wastewater  Treatment  - Model
  Studies.  U.S.  Environmental Protection  Agency
  NTIS No. PB84-158856 (1984).

SCS Engineers,  A Curex  Corporation.  Toxicity
  Reduction Manual for the Organic Chemical
  Industry. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
  Cincinnati, Ohio, February 1984.

Siber,  S.,  and W.W. Eckenfelder. "Effluent  Quality
  Variation from Multicomponent Substrates in the
  Activated Sludge Process." Water Research,  13, 8,
  August  1979.

Tabak,  H.H.,  and  E.F.Barth.  "Biodegradability of
  Benzidine in  Aerobic Suspended  Growth
  Reactors."  Journal  Water Pollution  Control
  Federation, 50,552 (1978).

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Technical
  Guidance  Manual  for  Performing  Wasteload
  Allocations, Book II. Streams and Rivers. Office of
  Waste Regulations and  Standards,  Washington,
  B.C. (1983).

U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency.  Technical
  Guidance  Manual  for  Performing  Wasteload
  Allocations, Book III. Estuaries. Office of Waste
  Regulations  and Standards. Washington, D.C.
  (1984a).

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Technical
  Guidance  Manual  for  Performing  Wasteload
  Allocations,  Book IV.  Lakes, Reservoirs,  and
  Impoundments.  Office of Waste Regulations and
  Standards, Washington, D.C. (1984b).

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. "National
  Policy Statement for the Development of Water
  Quality-Based  Permit  Limitations  for Toxic
  Pollutants." Federal  Register  49:9016-9019
  (1984c).

U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency.  Technical
  Support Document  for  Water Quality  - Based
  Toxics Control. Office of Water, Washington, D.C.
  (1985a).

U.  S.  Environmental Protection  Agency. Ambient
   Water Quality Criteria for Cadmium  - 1984. Office
  of Water,  Washington,  D. C. EPA440/5-84-032,
  January  1985b.
U. S. Environmental Protection  Agency.  Ambient
   Water Quality Criteria for Copper - 1984. Office of
   Water, Washington,  D. C. EPA440/5-84-031,
   January 1985c.

U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency.  The
   National Pretreatment Program.  Environmental
   Regulations and  Technology, EPA/625/10-86/005
   (1986a).

U.S.  Environmental Protection  Agency.  Project
   Summary:  Evaluation of Emerging Technologies
   for  the Destruction  of  Hazardous  Wastes.
   EPA/600/52-85/069, January 1986b.

U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency. Report  to
   Congress on the discharge of Hazardous Wastes to
   Publicly Owned Treatment  Works (The Domestic
   Sewage Study). Office of Water Regulations and
   Standards.  February  1986.

U  S.  Environmental Protection Agency.  Permit
   Writer's Guide to Water Quality-Based Permitting
   for Toxic Pollutants. Office of Water, Washington,
   D.C. (1987a).

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  "Toxicity
   Reduction  Evaluation Protocol  for Municipal
   Waste Treatment Plants." Draft dated September
   1987b.

U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency.  1979.
   Methods for Chemical Analysis  of Water and
   Waste. Cincinnati, Ohio. EPA 600/4-79-020

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Methods  for
  Aquatic Toxicity Identification Evaluations: Phase
  I  - Toxicity Characterization  Procedures.
   September  1988.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. "Methods for
   Aquatic Toxicity Identification Evaluations: Phase
   II - Toxicity Identification Procedures." In press.

US. Environmental  Protection  Agency. "Methods  for
   Aquatic Toxicity Identification Evaluations: Phase
   III - Toxicity Confirmation Procedures." In press.

Walsh, C. E., and R. L.  Garnas.  "Determination of
   Bioactivity of Chemical Fractions of Liquid Wastes
   Using  Freshwater  and  Saltwater Algae and
   Crustaceans."  Environmental  Science and
   Technology, 17:180-182 (1983).

Weber,  W.J.,  and  B.  Jones.  "Toxic Substance
   Removal in Activated Sludge and PAG Treatment
   Systems." U.S. Environmental  Protection  Agency
   NTIS No. PB86-182425/AS (1983).
                                                 10-2

-------
                                 Appendix A
                           TRE Case  Summaries
Introduction
    Appendix A presents case studies which provide examples of TREs conducted at 10
different industrial facilities whose final effluents had been found to be toxic to aquatic
organisms. The  10 examples given represent a variety of industrial  processes and
illustrate a variety of approaches to  TREs using the guidelines  described in this
protocol. Each case study is organized to present information in five categories:

    1.   Initial Data and Information Acquisition

    2.   Toxicity Identification Evaluation (TIE)

    3.   Toxicity Reduction Approaches

    4.   Follow-up and Confirmation

    5.   Problems Encountered.

    As demonstrated by these case studies, there is considerable latitude within each
of the categories listed above with respect to an approach of the TRE. This illustrates
that the design of any TRE is unique and  should be approached with deductive
reasoning aimed at the particular situation (however,  some general principles will
apply in every case). Case studies A-5 and A-9 are more representative of the approach
to conducting a TIE that is described in this protocol than are the other less recent case
studies.
                                      A-l

-------
                                            Section  A-1
          Case History:  A Multipurpose  Specialty Chemical Plant (MSCP)  in  Virginia
Introduction

The  Chemicals and Chemical  Products  Branch
(CCPB)  of the Water  Engineering  Research
Laboratory (WERL) of the U.S. EPA, working with
the Battelle Columbus  Division (BCD), has been
developing,  testing,  and  refining  a protocol  for
conducting  TREs to provide guidance  for permit
writers and permittees.  Developing the protocol
involves  several case studies by Battelle  whereby
TREs are conducted at specific industrial sites. The
results of these  case studies and  others  will be
documented and will be used to develop the final
protocol.

U.S. EPA-WERL selected a multipurpose  specialty
chemical plant in Virginia as the first site (Site No.l)
for conducting a TRE base on the recommendations of
the Virginia State Water Quality Control Board.
Historical toxicity data collected in January 1985 by
U.S. EPA indicated that the final effluent at Site No.
1  was highly toxic  to D.  magna (24-hr. LCgo < 1
percent effluent) and moderately toxic  to  fathead
minnows (24-hr. LCso =  21 percent  effluent).  (U.S.
EPA unpublished data). The on-site activities of the
TRE at Site No. 1 started in May 1985 and were
completed in June 1986.

Initial Data and  Information Acquisition

In May,  1985,  an  initial visit to Site No. 1  was
conducted to interview  plant personnel,  tour  the
facility, identify and establish sampling locations,
and also visually inspect the wastewater treatment
system  and the  various  waste  streams and  unit
operations of the  system and plant. Operations
reports, such as NPDES monitoring reports and a list
of chemicals  utilized by the MSCP, were obtained.

During this initial work, a plant flow diagram was
developed of the unit operations and waste treatment
system at the  MSCP plant  (Figure  AM).  Amines
from  Unit No.  1  [Ala  = 29,000 gallons  per day
(GPD)] and Unit No. 4 (Alb =  5,000  GPD)  are
discharged into an aerated biological treatment tank
(evaporation  = 4,000 GPD; 20 to 30  day retention)
and then into the main treatment sump  (Al = 9,000
GPD). Effluents from  the cooling  towers (A3 =
43,000  GPD), boiler (A4  =  173,000 GPD) and
metabisulfite  unit (A5  =  87,000  GPD)  are also
discharged into the main treatment sump (Influent A
=  341,000 GPD). The main treatment sump  serves
mainly as a pH adjustment unit. Amine effluents are
basic (pH 11 to 12) whereas the metabisulfite effluent
is acidic (pH 5). Liming is done in the main treatment
sump (1 hour) and the contact time  extended to 8
hours  in  the  aeration  tank.  The aeration  tank
(evaporation  =  3,000 GPD) also receives effluent
from the  collection  sump  (Influent B  =  180,000
GPD). The collection sump receives the effluent from
the specialty  chemicals (Bl=  144,000  GPD), and
from the aerosol pesticides (B2a), research (B2b) and
laboratory (B2c) unit operations (B2 = 36,000 GPD).

Effluent from the aeration tank  (518,000  GPD)
discharges to the first settling pond (total volume of
800,000)  where  the  mean  residence  time  is
approximately 40 hours. Once or twice a year bottom
sediment  (principally CaSC>4 sludge) from this pond
is removed and placed in a small drying pond prior to
disposal at a landfill.  Effluent from  the first settling
pond was then discharged into the  second settling
pond (total volume of 1.3 million gallons) where the
mean residence time  is 60  hours, then finally to a
polishing pond (total  volume of 2.4 million gallons)
where the mean residence time  is approximately 110
hours before being discharged to the receiving water.
North pond also discharges into the aeration tank
and  first  settling pond.  This  was  an older  waste
holding pond and has an intermittent discharge.

Because of the  proprietary  nature of much  of the
chemical  production at Site  No. 1,  very  little
information on production processes was obtained.

Toxicologists also  reviewed  a  list provided by the
Bureau of Toxic Substances  Information of the State
of Virginia,  which itemized all  commercial
compounds utilized at Site No.  1. Historical toxicity
data collected in January 1985 by U.S. EPA indicated
that the final effluent at MSCP was highly toxic to D.
magna  (24-hr.  LCso <  1  percent  effluent) and
moderately toxic to fathead  minnows (24-hr. LC^Q =
21  percent effluent). Because  the  final  effluent
exhibited  high acute  toxicity to  Duphnia  but only
moderate  acute  toxicity  to   fathead  minnows,
                                                 A-3

-------
     No. 1
    Amines
29,000 gpd     4,000 gpd
 Ala
No. 4
Amines
i
\

B.OOOgpd^*— -'''r


*

Distillation
30,000 £
9,000 gpdj
     Cooling
     Tower
 Figure Al-l.  Multi-purpose specialty chemical waste flow diagram.
chemicals whose toxicity was arthropod-specific were
of particular interest. The review of this list revealed
several  compounds  and associated   synergists
packaged at Site No. 1,  including, but certainly not
limited to, the insect fumigants pyrethrin, allethrin,
and dichlorvos,  and  the insecticide  synergist,
piperonyl butoxide (PBO).

Toxicity Identification Evaluation  (TIE)

Eff luent Toxicity
To  confirm that the final effluent  at  Site  No.  1
consistently exhibited acute  toxicity (all toxicity
units, TUs, in this Case History are acute TUs which
are values calculated by dividing 100 by the toxicity
test LCso value)  and to determine which biological
test species was most sensitive, a  series of acute
toxicity tests was conducted in May and August 1985
using D. magna, fathead minnows and  MicrotoxR.
The results of these toxicity tests indicated that the
final effluent  samples collected in May  and August
1985  were  highly  toxic  to D. magna (LCgo  = 0.09
                                       percent effluent)  but not acutely toxic  to  fathead
                                       minnows  (LCso> 100% effluent) or Microtox (ECso
                                       > 100 percent effluent). These results were similar to
                                       the January 1985 U.S. EPA data for D. magna (24-hr
                                       LCso <  1 percent effluent).


                                       Characterization and Fractionation - Causative
                                       Agent Identification
                                       After identifying D. magna as the test organism, the
                                       next step  in the TIE was to systematically isolate and
                                       identify the causative agent(s) in the final effluent. A
                                       fractionation of the August 1985 final effluent using
                                       the Walsh and Garnas (1983) method, into inorganic
                                       and organic  fractions  was performed and  each
                                       fraction was evaluated for acute toxicity. Although
                                       the inorganic fraction exhibited some acute toxicity
                                       in the initial screening test (100 percent mortality in
                                       25 percent effluent),  two subsequent tests  on the
                                       same sample with the inorganic fraction showed no
                                       acute  toxicity  at the concentrations  tested (100
                                       percent survival in 50 percent effluent; therefore, the
                                             f°r the inorganic fraction was > 50 percent or
                                                  A-4

-------
 < 2 TUs after storage  of  one day). The toxicity
originally observed in the inorganic fraction was not
persistent.

The organic fraction of the August  1985 final effluent
sample,  however,  was  highly toxic (LCso= 0.14
percent effluent or 714 TUs). Therefore,  the organic
fraction was further separated into acid, base/neutral
and residual subfractions and  each subfraction was
evaluated  for acute  toxicity. All  three organic
subfractions  exhibited acute toxicity, but the acid
subfraction (LCso = 1-64 percent or 61 TUs) and the
base/neutral subfraction (LCso =0.41 percent or 244
TUs) were  significantly more toxic than levels of the
solvent,   methylene chloride, added during
fractionation (LCso> 10  percent or <  10 TUs). Thus,
the acid and base/neutral subfractions were analyzed
by GC/MS in an attempt to identify potentially  toxic
chemical constituents.

When  the  acute toxicity of the  final effluent was
evaluated in terms of Toxicity Units (TUs), the final
effluent sample initially contained  1,111  TUs. The
inorganic  fraction contained < 2 TUs while the
organic fraction contained  714 TUs. There was an
apparent loss of some toxicity in the fractionation
(1,111 TUs in the effluent versus 716  TUs in the
combined  fractions), but  it  appeared  that the
principal source of toxicity in this sample was organic
in nature and may have resided in the base/neutral
subfraction (244 TUs in the base/neutral subfraction
versus 61 TUs in the acid subfraction and < 10 TUs
in the residual subfraction).

The GC/MS analysis of the  base/neutral subfraction
showed dichlorvos present in the final effluent at a
concentration of 10 pg/L. High levels of two amines
produced  at  Site  No.  1,  an alkyl  diamine and
dicyclohexylamine,  also were found along with other
organic  components  in this sample.  Screening
toxicity tests with the  two amines  found in  high
concentrations indicated that  neither the diamine
(LCso = 6 mg/L) nor the dicyclohexylamine (LCso =
 16 mg/L) alone or  together could have  caused the
acute toxicity observed in the August 1985 effluent
sample. However, historical  toxicity  data  on
dichlorvos showed that it was  acutely toxic to
invertebrates with  an  LCso of 0.07 pg/L for Daphnia
pulex, an invertebrate closely related to D. magna,
the test organism used  in this TRE.


Source  Investigation

Site No.   1  had  an  aerosol  pesticide  packaging
operation  in which  empty  containers  (formerly
containing pesticides including  dichlorvos)  were
washed and the rinse water was discharged into the
sewer  and  subsequently  into  the wastewater
treatment  system  through  the collection  sump. In
mid-November  1985,  the pesticide-packaging
operation at Site No. 1 (the presumed source of the
    dichlorvos) was permanently closed down and moved
    off-site. Therefore,  if dichlorvos (or  some  other
    component  of  the  packaging operation)  was
    responsible for the toxicity of the final effluent, then
    the acute toxicity  of the effluent should have
    decreased in samples collected after the closure of the
    packaging operation.

    Following the closure of the packaging operation, the
    final effluent was  screened three times for acute
    toxicity,  once  in November  1985 and twice  in
    January 1986. The LCso values resulting from these
    tests were 0,6, 81, and 79 percent effluent with TUs of
    167, 1, and 1,  respectively.  Compared with  the
    August 1985 effluent  sample which contained 1,111
    TUs, the three  effluent samples collected after the
    closure of the  packaging  operation  were  much
    reduced in acute toxicity to D. magna indicating that
    dichlorvos from  the packaging operation  may have
    been principally responsible for the toxicity observed
    previously.


    Confirmation of Source or Agent

    To confirm that the acute toxicity originally observed
    in the Site No. 1 final effluent was no longer present,
    a second effluent fractionation was performed on a
    final effluent sample collected on February 24/25,
    1986 High bisulfite concentrations were present in
    the effluent sample due to poor operation of the waste
    treatment system  (286 to 290 mg/L SO;}2') and the
    sample had to be aerated to oxidize the bisulfite and
    the pH had to  be  readjusted  to 7  before  toxicity
    testing. After aeration and  pH adjustment, the LCso
    was < 3  percent effluent (>33TUs), which was a
    greater than six-fold  increase in toxicity compared
    with the toxicity of the unaerated effluent (LCso = 18
    percent effluent  or  6  TUs)  (Table AM).Some of the
    acute  toxicity  observed in the unaerated  effluent
    sample may have  been  due  to the  low dissolved
    oxygen caused by the high concentrations of bisulfite
    present in the effluent sample.

    The fractionation and subsequent toxicity testing of
    the February 1986 effluent  sample revealed that the
    organic fraction was no longer toxic with an LCso >
    100 percent (95 to 100 percent survival in 100 percent
    effluent fraction; effluent fractionated  twice). The
    inorganic fraction, however, exhibited the same toxic
    behavior  as  the  final effluent with  the LCso < 3
    percent for the aerated inorganic fraction an LCso of
    42 percent (2 TUs) for the unaerated fraction. Some of
    the acute toxicity of the unaerated inorganic fraction
    may have been caused by the low dissolved oxygen in
    the test  solutions  due  to  the  high  bisulfite
    concentrations in the effluent sample (resulting from
    inefficient destruction of the bisulfite in  the  waste
    treatment process).  This behavior indicated that the
    aeration and/or  pH adjustment  treatments  added
    toxicity to  the  sample  by  altering the effluent
    components in some as yet unknown manner. In two
A-5

-------
   Table Al-l.  Summary of Toxicity Data on Final Effluent Samples Collected at Site No. 1 from May 1985 to June 1986
    Test Species          Date                 Test Type             LC50(% Effluent)       Sample Aeration
Fathead minnows
Fathead minnows
Microtox
D. magna
D. magna
D. magna
D. magna
D. magna
D. magna
D. magna
May 1985
August 1985
August 1985
May 1985
August 1985
November 1985
January 1986
January 1986
February 1986
June 1986
24-hr, screen
48-hr, definitive
20 min. definitive
24-hr, screen
48-hr, definitive
48-hr, definitive
48-hr, definitive
48-hr, definitive
48-hr, definitive
48-hr, definitive
>50
>100
>100
>1 .0,<6.25
0.09
0.6
81
18(79)t
18(<3)t
>100
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No (Yes)
No (Yes)
No
   * EC50
   t Number outside of parentheses represents the LC50 of the effluent sample before aeration; number within parentheses represents the
    LCsg of the same effluent sample after aeration to remove bisulfite.
subsequent toxicity tests with the inorganic fraction,
the acute toxicity decreased (LCso values of 14 and >
50 percent), indicating that toxicity in the inorganic
fraction was not persistent.

Although the  organic fraction was  nontoxic, it was
further  separated into acid,  base/neutral, and
residual subfractions and each subfraction evaluated
for acute toxicity to confirm that organic components
were no longer responsible  for the toxicity observed
in the Site  No. 1 final effluent and to compare GC/MS
profiles of  the base/neutral  subfraction with those of
the toxic  August 1985  sample.  All three  organic
subfractions  were  nontoxic  (<2TUs)  with LCso
values of > 100, > 100, and 80 percent for the acid,
base/neutral, and residual subfractions, respectively
confirming the elimination  of toxicity in the organic
fraction.  GC/MS  analysis  of  the  base/neutral
subfraction showed a much  "cleaner" sample (i.e.
most of the major peaks present in the August 1985
RIG were either  absent  or greatly reduced  in
concentration  in the February  1986 GC/MS scan)
with the absence of dichlorvos and the two amines
previously  observed in high quantities in the GC/MS
analysis of the August base/neutral subfraction.

The  unaerated  whole effluent sample collected  in
February  1986  contained 6 TUs with 2 TUs in the
inorganic  fraction and < 1 TUs in the organic
fraction, compared with  1,111 TUs  contained in the
August  1985  final effluent sample,  a 185-fold
reduction in toxicity. The acute toxicity observed in
the February 1986 sample was  isolated in the
inorganic fraction whereas the toxicity in the August
1985  sample  was isolated  in the organic fraction.
Toxic organic component(s) were no longer present in
the final effluent,  but inorganic components were
now responsible for the remaining toxicity. A part of
the acute  toxicity  of the  final effluent and the
inorganic fractions  was  apparently caused  by the
high  bisulfite  concentration  which  reduced the
dissolved oxygen in the test chambers and stressed
the test organisms.
To  determine the relative toxicity of D. magna, the
February 1986  final effluent  sample (in which no
dichlorvos was detected by GC/MS) was subsequently
spiked  with  dichlorvos  and  evaluated  for acute
toxicity.  The  theoretical  LCgo for dichlorvos in the
spiked effluent sample was 0.2 pg/L compared with
the calculated dichlorvos LCso for the August 1985
effluent  sample  of 0.1 pg/L. Thus,  dichlorvos could
have been responsible for about one-half of the acute
toxicity observed in the August 1985 final  effluent
sample  when the  pesticide-packaging  facility  was
still operating.  These  test  results  provide strong
circumstantial evidence that the pesticide-packaging
operation (dichlorvos, in particular)  was, in large
part,  responsible  for the acute  toxicity  originally
observed in the final effluent at Site No. 1. This is not
to say that  dichlorvos alone  was responsible for the
toxicity of the effluent since other changes in the
plant operation  such as a  reduction  in amine
production  were occurring  concurrently with the
closure of the packaging operation.
Toxicity Reduction  Approaches

The pesticide-packaging operation at Site No. 1, the
source of the  dichlorvos, was permanently  closed
down and moved off-site, and this in effect provided
the method of toxicity control and reduction. Had the
packaging operation remained, the following toxicity
reduction approaches at the  source would have been
examined.
                                                  A-6

-------
Treatability  Evaluations

-   Carbon and/or resin adsorption of effluent B2a
    (Figure Al- 1).

-   Hydrolytic destruction of the pesticide(s) in
    effluent B2a.

-   Biological removal of the causative toxicant(s) in
    effluent B2a. This perhaps could have been
    accomplished by routing effluent B2a through
    the 20 to 30 day  aerated biological treatment
    tank (Al).

Other Methods  Examined
-   Inplant controls. Limit the volume of discharge of
    B2a using recycle procedures.

-   Process modifications, Alter rinsing  solution and
    method of cleaning so that a more effective rinse
    would result, one with less volume of effluent and
    with  better destruction of residual pesticide(s).
Basis for Selection of Method
Not applicable to this case history.

Follow-Up and Confirmation

Effectiveness  of  Solution

The final sample from Site  No.  1 was collected on
June 2/3, 1986, fractionated into  an inorganic and
organic fraction,  and the  final effluent  and each
fraction  were evaluated for acute toxicity to D.
magna. The test results showed that neither the final
effluent nor the two  effluent fraction were acutely
toxic « 2 TUs) to D. magna with LCso values > 100
percent for all three tests. The two most comparable
data sets were from August 1985 and  June 1986
when the wastewater treatment plant was properly
operating. These results  showed that acute toxicity
present in  the organic fraction of the August 1985
sample had been eliminated resulting in a nontoxic
final effluent at Site No. 1 in  June 1986.

The TRE performed at Site No. 1 succeeded in its
primary objective in isolating and identifying  a
causative toxic agent  and then determining if the
toxicity of the final effluent was eliminated after the
identified toxic  agent was  removed. The  original
fractionation of the August  1985 final effluent with
subsequent  toxicity testing  and GC/MS analysis  of
the  toxic subfractions showed that  dichlorvos, an
invertebrate-specific pesticide,  may  have been
responsible for  much  of  the  observed toxicity.
Independent of this work, the management at Site
No.  1 permanently closed down the aerosol pesticide-
packaging  operation  and moved  it  off-site. After
closure, the toxicity of the  final effluent was then
monitored  in  the  absence of any inputs from the
packaging  operation.  The  biomonitoring  results
showed  that  in the  five  final  effluent  samples
collected after the closure of the packaging plant, the
acute toxicity in the TUs was  167,  1,  1,  6 and 1
compared  with  the 1,111  TUs contained in the
August 1985 effluent sample.
Final  Comments,  Recommendations,  and
Conclusions
A TRE was found to  be a useful process to isolate,
identify,  characterize, and  reduce or control  toxic
components in this particular industrial effluent. The
fractionation procedure as designed  by  Walsh and
Garnas (1983) and modified during this study for Site
No. 1,  was useful in the isolation and identification of
the  principal  toxic  component (dichlorvos)  in  a
specific  organic fraction  (i.e., the base/neutral
subfraction). Although variability in  toxicity of the
final effluent at Site No.  1 occurred during the study
period, caused, in part, by an improperly operating
wastewater treatment plant, the variability resulted
in  different  effluent  components than those
originally identified as being  the cause of the
toxicity. In situations where such variability exists,
it would be useful to perform additional toxicity tests
when the  wastewater treatment plant is operating
properly  to confirm the results and  success of the
TRE.

Problems  Encountered

The wastewater  treatment plant was operating
properly  during  the  August 1985 and  June  1986
sampling period, in contrast to the two sampling trips
in January and February 1986 where high bisulfite
concentrations  were present in the  effluent samples.
The high  bisulfite concentration  resulted in low
dissolved oxygen in the test solutions  which stressed
the test organisms and confounded the interpretation
of the test results. The inorganic toxicity observed  in
February  1986  was not persistent and may have been
related to the high bisulfite concentrations present  in
the  effluent because  of the improperly operating
wastewater  treatment   plant.
References

Cooney,  S.D., W.H.  Clement,  and R. Clark. Multi-
   Purpose Specialty  Chemical  Plant  Toxicity
   Reduction  Evaluation  (TRE) Site  No.l .U.S.
   Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, OH
   May  1987.

Peltier, W.H.,  and C.I. Weber  (eds.). Methods  for
   Measuring  the  Acute  Toxicity  of Effluent  to
   Freshwater and Marine Organisms. EPA-600/4-85-
   013,  3rd ed.,  U.S.  Environmental Protection
                                                 A-1;

-------
  Agency,  Environmental  Monitoring and  support
  Laboratory, Cincinnati, OH (1985).

U S. Environmental Protection Agency. Methods for
  Organic Analysis of Municipal and Industrial
  Wastewater.  EPA-600/4-82-057,  Environmental
  Monitoring  and Support Laboratory, Cincinnati,
  OH (1982).

U S.  Environmental   Protection  Agency.
  "Development  of  Water Quality-Based  Permit
  Limitations for Toxic Pollutants, National Policy."
  Federal Register, Vol.  49, No.  48,  pp. 9016-9019
  (1984).
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Technical
  Support Document for Water Quality-Based Toxics
  Control. U.S.  Environmental Protection  Agency,
  Office of Water, Washington, B.C. (1985).

Wall, T.M., and R.W. Hanmer. "Biological Testing to
  Control Toxic Water Pollutants." JWPCF,59( 1):7-
  12 (1987).

Walsh,  C.E., and R.L.  Garnas.  "Betermination of
  Bioactivity of Chemical Fractions of Liquid Wastes
  Using  Freshwater and Saltwater Algae and
  Crustaceans."  Environmental  Science  and
  Technology, 17:180-182 (1983).

-------
                                             Section  A-2
          Case History:  Tosco Corporation's Avon Refinery, Martinez,  California
Initial Data and Information  Acquisition

At  the beginning of  the study,  facility-specific
information was  obtained regarding  the type  of
facility, regulatory target limits, the design of the
existing wastewater treatment system,  and existing
chemical and toxicological  monitoring data for final
and internal effluent streams. As an introduction to
this case study, the following information is provided.

The  Tosco Corporation's Avon  Refinery  produces
refined petroleum products, primarily gasoline  and
diesel fuel, from domestic crude oils. During the time
EA Engineering, Science, and Technology,  Inc.
conducted this TRE,  the Avon  refinery had an
average crude throughput of 103,100 barrels per day
and generated  an average of 3.1 million gallons per
day (mgd) of process wastes, cooling tower blow down,
sanitary wastes, stormwater runoff, and other wastes
from a sulfuric acid plant which is also operated on
the site.  These wastewaters  were treated by the
refinery's  wastewater  treatment  system  and  then
discharged into Suisun Bay through  a deep-water
diffuser  which provides  at  least 10:1   nearfield
dilution.

When the  project was begun, the regulatory target for
the TRE  was an  end-of-pipe  96-hour LCso value of
2:50 percent effluent for the three-spine stickleback.
In August 1986, this limit became more  stringent
(96-hour LC5o S 100 percent effluent).
The refinery's  wastewater collection network  is
served by four sewer systems: the oily sewers, the
chemical sewers, the sanitary sewers, and the  clean
sewers. The oily sewer system conveys oily process
waters from all process areas of the refinery to the
API Separator/Dissolved Air Flotation  (DAE)  Unit.
The DAE Unit discharges to the primary canal. The
chemical sewer system carries  foul water stripper
bottoms to near the head of the primary canal where
it is joined with the sanitary sewer system and the
acidic effluent  from  the chemical  plant.  This
combined stream is commingled  with  the effluent
from the DAE in the primary canal. The effluent from
the ammonia recovery unit also enters the head of the
primary  canal in the  same vicinity via a dedicated,
above-ground pipeline.  These combined  streams
constitute  the  feed water  for the refinery's
wastewater treatment plant.

The  wastewater  treatment  system and its major
influent process streams are diagrammed in Figure
A2-1. After  the  two aeration ponds,  wastewater is
pumped to the 12 RBCs which are situated in  four
parallel  trains  of three units in series.  Flow  is
normally split equally among  all  four  trains.
Chemical feed facilities  exist for  feeding powdered
activated  carbon  (PAG) for adsorption  of toxicants.
Ferric chloride (FeCIs) and polymer are injected as
flocculent aids to enhance settling in the downstream
clarifiers.

Flow  from the RBCs is  split and  sent  to two 75-ft-
diameter  clarifiers  for solids  removal  by
sedimentation.  Clarified  water is  sent to  a
multimedia  filter for final removal of colloidal  and
particulate matter prior  to discharge  to the clean
canal. In the clean canal, the treated water joins the
effluent from the  clean  sewer  system for discharge
via a deep-water diffuser.

Toxicity Identification  Evaluation (TIE)

The TIE for this program consisted of four elements:

-  Selection  of a  cost effective toxicity monitoring
   tool, and routine screening of the final effluent,

-  Chemical fractionation studies to identify classes
   of toxic constituents in the final effluent,

-  Specific chemical analyses to  identify  specific
   toxic  elements and/or compounds  in  the final
   effluent,  and

-  A  source investigation study to   identify  the
   ultimate  source(s) of toxicity within the facility.

Each of these TIE components is discussed below.


Selection of a Monitoring Tool
As a  first step, three commonly measured chemical
parameters  (i.e.,  COD,  BOD,  and  TOG) were
                                                  A-9

-------
                  ARU
      FWS
                           #1 Aerated Pond     #2 Aerated Pond
            Primary Canal

d Pond
L

Rotating
Rinlnniral


Clarifiers

      Contactors
        (RBC)
   and
Multimedia
  Filter
      DAF
                                                                                      Clean
                                                                                      Canal
                  APE
                          Indicates sampling locations for toxicity evaluations
                                                                             Compliance
                                                                                Point
                                                                               E-001
                                                                               (DLW)
                                                                              Diffussion
                                                                                Line
 Figure A2-1. Conceptual diagram of Tosco's wastewater treatment system with designation of sites sampled during various
            elements of this study. In this figure, the four process streams which enter the primary canal are the effluent
            from the foul water strippers (FWS), Ammonia  Recovery Unit (ARU), the Dissolved air flotation Unit (OAF), and
            the Acid Plant Effluent (APE).
evaluated as  cost-effective  surrogates  for  the fish
bioassay using an existing facility-specific database.
However, correlation coefficients were  low,  ranging
from -0.04 to -0.27, which eliminated consideration of
these parameters as viable surrogate  indicators of
fish  toxicity.

Next, the use of a short-term biological  monitoring
system (i.e., Microtox) was evaluated. Although this
test system  yields  quantitative  results  in
approximately one hour,  and  has  been  shown  to
respond in a sensitive manner to refinery effluents, it
was  deemed  necessary to clearly demonstrate that
the Microtox  system would yield results which were
similar  to  the  three-spine stickleback  test.  This
correlation, obtained by performing  side-by-side
Microtox  and stickleback bioassays  on  a number of
waste  stream samples, indicated that  the Microtox
bioassay test serves as an adequate screening tool  for
determining the  relative  toxicities  of process  and
treatment waste streams from this facility. Although
the Microtox test endpoint (20-minute ECso) was not
an exact predictor of the fish bioassay endpoint  (96-
hour LCso), it was felt that Microtox was adequate for
cost-effectively  screening effluent  toxicity  for  the
following reasons:

•   In all cases tested, if toxicity was  identified by the
    fish bioassay,  the Microtox  also  identified
    toxicity.

•  Microtox  always indicated  at  least  as  much
    toxicity as the fish bioassay,  and  often more--
    eliminating the possibility of a false  negative
    result.

Based on the results of the  aforementioned
evaluation, Microtox was selected for characterizing
                                                    A-10

-------
the  magnitude  and  variability of final effluent
toxicity. This was accomplished by analyzing 24-hour
composite final effluent samples 34 times over a 4-
month  period  (April-August  1985).  A statistical
evaluation of the results indicated a mean toxicity (as
a 20-minute Microtox ECso) of 29.0 percent  effluent
with an associated standard deviation of 11.7  percent.
During the monitoring period,  the maximum and
minimum £€50 values were 100 percent and 1.1
percent effluent, respectively. These  Microtox  20-
minute ECso results  can  be expressed in terms of
three-spine stickleback  96"hourLC5o results by
using  an  adjustment factor that  is based  on the
correlation  study discussed above. Based  on this
relationship,  the  Avon  Refinery effluent  was
estimated to have a mean 96-hour stickleback LCso of
59 percent effluent with a standard deviation of 30
percent effluent. This extrapolated toxicity value was
sufficient to pass the old effluent toxicity limit (LCso
=  50  percent),  but was  considerably  below the
revised limit (LCso  =  100 percent) which  became
applicable  in August 1986.


Chemical  Fractionation
In order to provide more information about the final
effluent,  a  fractionation procedure  (Walsh  and
Garnas 1983)  was implemented in an attempt to
identify the number and types of chemical classes
responsible for final effluent toxicity. In  this
procedure the effluent was separated into organic and
inorganic fractions and each tested for toxicity. If the
organic  fraction proved  toxic,  it  was further
separated into  neutral, base, and acid fractions and
each of these was tested for toxicity. If the inorganic
fraction proved toxic, it was separated into cationic
and  anionic fractions and each  of these tested for
toxicity.

The  specifics of the fractionation procedure  are as
follows. On a weekly basis, from 3 June to 12 August
1985,  composite  samples  of final effluent were
collected. Each whole  effluent  sample  was analyzed
for toxicity via Microtox and then 50 ml was passed
through a 10-ml column packed with 5 ml of XAD-4
polystyrene resin.  The water elutriate,  which
contained the inorganic chemicals in the wastewater
sample, was then analyzed for  toxicity via Microtox.
The  XAD-4  column  was then  eluted with 10 ml of
acetone. The acetone elutriate, which contained the
organic chemicals in  the  wastewater sample, was
evaporated to less than 0.5 ml on a hot water bath,
resuspended in 50 ml of distilled water, and analyzed
for toxicity via Microtox.

If the  inorganic fraction exhibited  toxicity, it was
further separated using anionic  (l-x8) and cationic
(50w-x8) exchange resins. The resulting subfractions
were  assayed  for toxicity via Microtox, indicating
whether anions and/or cations were responsible for
inorganic toxicity. If the organic fraction exhibited
toxicity, it was sequentially extracted with a mixture
of methylene chloride  and water under  basic  and
acidic conditions. The resulting  subfractions were
assayed for toxicity via Microtox, indicating whether
neutral,  basic,  and/or acidic  compounds were
responsible for organic toxicity.

The results of this fractionation effort indicated that
final effluent toxicity was almost always (11 out of 12
times)  attributable to  organic constituents.  In
addition,  the most lexicologically  active  organics
appeared to be the neutral and, to a lesser extent, the
acidic classes. During this June-August sampling
period,  the refinery and the  wastewater  treatment
system were  operating normally  and the  toxicity
observed was expected to be typical.
Single Chemical Analyses
Two approaches were used in an attempt to identify
specific chemicals  which might be  responsible for
final effluent toxicity. The first was a comparison of
GC/MS results with  maximum no-observable effect
levels  (NOELs) reported in  the  toxicological
literature.  The  second was a  computerized file of
routine effluent monitoring  data collected  over the
years  by  refinery personnel.  These data were
analyzed for significant positive correlations between
toxicity and any of the commonly measured chemical
parameters.


GC/MS Data
As described  above,  the  fractionation  process
indicated  that  final effluent toxicity was routinely
associated  with the organic fraction. Therefore, on
three occasions final effluent samples were analyzed
for volatile  and  semivolatile  organic compounds
using U.S.  EPA Methods 624 and 625. These  analyses
were  designed  to  identify all priority pollutants as
well as any major non-priority pollutant  organic
compounds which  were detected  and could be
identified with the data  system  used for quantitation.

Through the three analyses, a  number of organic
compounds were identified in the  final  effluent
(E001) samples. There  was  considerable variability
between samples with  regard  to which compounds
were identified and their concentrations. No organic
compounds were identified in the March sample; 10
organic compounds were quantified in the April
sample (ranging in concentration from 2  pg/L for
toluene  to  120 pg/L for 2,3,4-trimethyl-3-
cyclopenten-1-one); and  six organic compounds were
quantified  in the December sample (ranging from 9
pg/L dibenzofuran to 130 pg/L for 2-cyclopenten-1-
one, 3 methyl).

A  comparison of these  concentrations with values
reported in  the toxicological  literature  failed to
                                                 A-ll

-------
 identify  any of the detected  constituents  as the
 probable cause of final effluent toxicity. For several of
 these compounds (e.g., most of the ketones), virtually
 no data  could  be found concerning their aquatic
 toxicities. For those compounds for which significant
 toxicological data do exist (e.g., isophorone, acetone,
 toluene)  the measured  concentrations were  well
 below known effect concentrations.
 Whole-Effluent Toxicity

 The Microtox data indicate that the overall reduction
 in toxicity from the inlet to the #1 aerated pond to
 the  final   effluent  compliance  point  was
 approximately  83  percent.  Of  this  total,
 approximately 90 percent of it occurs in the aerated
 ponds,  7 percent in the RBCs,  and 3 percent in the
 clean canal (Figure A2-1).
 Routine Monitoring Data

 Tosco maintains  a computerized database  of  the
 results  of analyses  performed  on process and
 wastewater streams. Included in this database  are
 chemical, physical, and toxicological properties of the
 final effluent.  Consequently,  it  was  possible  to
 directly  compare concentrations  of several chemical
 constituents found  in  the final effluent with  the
 corresponding fish toxicity results and evaluate for
 positive  correlations.  Included  in  this  evaluation
 were pH, TSS,  phenols,  ammonia, oil and grease,
 chromium, zinc, sulfur,  chlorine, DO, temperature,
 and  flow. Review of  these  results indicated  no
 significant correlations between  final  effluent
 toxicity  and  any of the  chemical  and  physical
 parameters  considered.  Correlation  coefficients
 ranged from -0.31 for TSS to 0.20 for pH.
Source Investigation Study for Toxicity
The source  investigation  study was designed  to
identify the proximal and ultimate source (s) of final
effluent toxicity. Through a combination of sampling
and experimental  manipulation, two  issues  were
addressed:

1.   What role does the wastewater treatment system
    play in final  effluent  toxicity--does it  reduce,
    increase, or alter the toxicity of influent process
    streams?  and

2.   Which  process streams  are the ultimate sources
    of final effluent toxicity?

Both issues are discussed below.
Toxicity  Reduction  Through  the Existing
Treatment  System
At five locations (Figure A2-1) along the treatment
process,  samples were analyzed for total  toxicity,
fractionated chemical class toxicity, and specific
chemical  composition. These  results  were
synthesized to indicate  how well the treatment
system functions and how it alters toxic constituents
during each stage  of treatment.
 Chemical Class Toxicity

 Samples  from each of the five sampling points were
 fractionated to  examine the chemical characteristics
 of the  toxicity. The results indicated that toxicity
 reduction involved the  differential  elimination of
 various classes of toxic constituents. The influent to
 the #1  aerated  pond was quite toxic, with inorganic
 constituents making the greatest  constitution. The
 generally lower toxicity of the organic fraction was
 apparently  due about equally to neutral and  acidic
 compounds.

 After passing  through the  aerated  ponds,  the
 approximately 75 percent reduction in toxicity was
 generally associated with the total loss of the toxic
 inorganic fraction and  a  moderate decrease in
 organic toxicity. Transit through the RBCs and down
 the clean  canal  resulted in  minimal toxicity
 reduction due to  the  removal  of some organic
 constituents (principally acidic compounds).


 Process Stream Evaluation
 By monitoring the  toxicity of major process streams
 influent to the treatment system and experimentally
 determining the  degradability  of  each process
 stream's  toxicity, the ultimate sources of toxicity
 were  investigated.  The following four major process
 streams are influent to the wastewater treatment
 system:

 -  Ammonia recovery unit  effluent (ARU)

 -  Foul water strippers bottoms (FWS)

 -  Dissolved air flotation effluent (DAF)

 -  Acid Plant effluent (APE)

 Each  process stream was analyzed  for whole stream
 toxicity,  fractionated chemical  class toxicity,  and
 individual  chemical  composition.  Degradation
 studies were performed using bench-top models of the
 treatment system and evaluating  the reduction in
toxicity experienced by individual  process streams.
 Synthesis of these two sets of results identified which
process  streams  were the ultimate source of the toxic
constituents which  were found in  the effluent from
the wastewater treatment  system.
                                                 A-12

-------
Acute  Toxicity Monitoring
From the resulting data, it was apparent that the
wastewater from the  ammonia recovery unit (ARU)
and foul water strippers (FWS) were the most  toxic
(172 and 83 acute toxicity units (TUs), respectively).
These  streams make up  approximately 14 and 24
percent,  respectively, of the total  wastewater flow
entering the #1 aerated pond. On the other hand, the
effluent  from the dissolved  air  flotation  unit (8.8
TUs) which contributes 62 percent  of the total  flow,
was considerably less toxic. The  acid plant effluent
was nontoxic.
Chemical Class Toxicity
By fractionating 24-hour composite samples, it was
determined  that the toxicity in both the ARU and
FWS wastewaters was due to a  combination  of
organic and inorganic constituents. In addition, the
relative contribution made by each group was highly
variable. When inorganic toxicity was present, it was
primarily anionic in nature and organic toxicity was
due to a mixture of neutral and acidic compounds.
The toxicity in the DAF wastewater,  on the other
hand,  had  no  inorganic component and  was  due
almost exclusively to neutral  and acidic organic
compounds.

Specific  chemical  analyses  of  the  process streams
were limited to the identification  of  toxic  organic
constituents.  In  general,  the data were fairly
consistent with the fractionation results. The  DAF
effluent contains mostly  neutral organics, some
acidics, and no basic compounds. The  FWS effluent
showed  a  somewhat different  pattern  with much
higher concentrations of acidic organics, considerably
lower concentrations of neutrals, and again no basics.
The ARU,  on  the other hand,  was much different
from either of the other two processes streams in that
high concentrations of phenols were found along with
substantial concentrations  of amines. Neutral
organics were not prevalent in the ARU effluent.
Biodegradability of Process Stream  Toxicity
This study element was designed to address the issue
of the degradability of the  toxicity of each process
stream as it passes through the treatment system.
Due to operational constraints, this issue could not be
evaluated directly because the system could not be
manipulated to receive only one process stream at a
time.  Therefore, it was necessary to use bench-top
models (i.e.,  microcosms)  as surrogates  for the
treatment system  and predict actual process stream
degradability from the model results.

The results  of  the microcosm degradability  tests
indicated that the  toxicity in the three major process
streams was  readily  (and  approximately  equally)
degradable.  There was some loss of biodegradability
when  high (>50 percent)  concentrations  of a
particular process stream were used. However, except
for the DAF,  this was  of  no concern since  these
elevated  concentrations did  not  occur in  the
wastewater treatment system.

 Toxicity Reduction  Approaches

The results of the  final effluents and process stream
characterization  indicated  that  neutral organic
chemicals were the primary cause of toxicity and that
their  ultimate  source(s)  were probably  the
wastewaters produced in the ammonia recovery unit
(ARU) and  foul water strippers  (FWS). Therefore,
various treatment options  were  considered which
might  be successful at  removing  neutral  organics
from either  the final effluent or the ARU and  FWS
process streams. To date, this study at the Avon
Refinery has only partially gone through the toxicity
reduction feasibility phase. Several treatment
options are  currently under consideration by Tosco
Corporation. Included  among these are the use of
activated  carbon  and  increased  residence time in
surface impoundments. In-depth  evaluations are
planned for all promising  options to  assess  their
chances for success from the technical, economic, and
regulatory perspectives. Tosco Corporation is still in
the early phases  of these evaluations and the data are
insufficient  to allow selection of a final treatment
option.

Bench-top feasibility-level studies were performed to
ascertain whether  one option, activated carbon, could
reduce  toxicity in the final effluent and  the  ARU
process  stream to levels  which would ensure
compliance with the mandated effluent toxicity limit.
This was  accomplished by the performance of batch
experiments  using seven  different brands  of
activated carbon and analyzing the treated effluents
via Microtox.

The  results  obtained from these batch equilibrium
studies indicated  that all six carbons  tested could
effectively treat the final effluent to the acute toxicity
criterion level. However, the concentration of carbon
required  varied  considerably between brands
(between 100 and 700 ppm).

Similarly, all  seven carbons tested could effectively
treat the  ARU process stream  such that the  final
effluent will  be  in  compliance.  As  before,  the
concentration of carbon required  to meet  this
criterion  varied  considerably between brands
(between  1,000 and 2,000 ppm). Based on the
experiences  gained during this project, the following
insights concerning the evaluation of  treatment
options are made:

1.   Technical feasibility can be screened at the bench
    scale level, but can only be verified through pilot
                                                 A-13

-------
    through pilot scale plants operating under actual
    field  conditions.
2.  Economic evaluations  must  consider  both the
    capital and operating  costs of the project, with
    special  emphasis  on future  trends  in the
    availability and cost of disposal for any waste
    generated.

3.  The evaluation of  a  treatment option  must
    consider its capacity to cost-effectively  meet
    potentially more stringent regulations.

4.   Caution must be exercised when solving a water
    quality  toxicity problem by  transferring  it to
    another  medium (e.g.,  solid  waste  as  with
    carbon). Environmental concerns are likely to
    diminish or eliminate the attractiveness of such a
    solution  over time.

These items are not intended as  a  definitive list of
concerns which must  be  addressed in  evaluating
treatment options. However,  they should  provide a
starting point for the design  of the evaluation
program.
Follow-Up and Confirmation
As stated above,  a final toxicity reduction solution
has not been selected although preliminary bench
scale testing has indicated that activated carbon will
reduce final effluent toxicity to acceptable levels.
 Problems  Encountered

During this  study,  a  number of  methods and
techniques were used in the course of identifying the
causes and sources of toxicity. Some of these (e.g., the
use  of microcosms in degradation  studies) were
primarily  research tools  adapted to  a  real  world
situation.  These did not have standard protocols and
required  some innovation  in their design and
interpretation.  Planned  process  unit turnarounds,
and unplanned  upsets  occurred  occasionally,
resulting in abnormal effluent quality. These events
provided  insight into  possible effluent  variability,
but at the same time made performance of planned
evaluations difficult.

References

EA Engineering,  Science, and Technology, Inc.
   Toxicity Reduction.  Evaluation at the  Tosco
   Corporation Avon Refinery, Martinez,  California.
   Summary  prepared  for  U.S.  Environmental
   Protection Agency  Office of Water Enforcement
   and Permits, Washington (1987).

Fluor  Daniels  and EA  Engineering,  Science, and
   Technology, Inc. Tosco Avon Refinery -  Wastewater
   Treating Studies. Prepared for  Tosco Corporation,
   Martinez, California (1987).

Walsh, G.E.,  and R.L Garnas.  "Determination  of
   Bioavailability of Chemical  Fractions of Liquid
   Wastes  Using Freshwater and Saltwater  Algae
   and Crustaceans." Environ. Sci. Technol., 17:180-
   182 (1983).
                                                A-14

-------
                                           Section A-3
             Case History: Martinez Manufacturing Complex, Shell Oil Company
 Introduction

 The California Regional Water Quality Control
 Board (CRWQCB) regulates the quality of effluent
 discharged from Shell Oil Company's refinery in
 Martinez, California, via an NPDES permit. Since
 the early 1970's the facility's whole effluent acute
 toxicity limit has become more stringent, increasing
 from a static  acute LCso value of > 40 percent
 effluent, to a newly revised limit (effective 20 August
 1986) which required LCso values > 100 percent
 effluent based  on flow-through acute testing using
 the three-spine stickleback  (G'aster-osteitis  aculeatus).

 In the early  1970s,  extensive  chemical  and
 toxicological research was conducted by Shell to
 investigate the facility's effluent.  Supplemental
 studies (conducted in 1976 and  1980) (Hanson 1976,
 1980) examined the causes of the observed whole
 effluent toxicity.  Constituents  implicated in these
 studies included oil and  grease,  polymers and
 ammonia.

 The information presented in this case study is the
 result of the  above requirement and  is derived from
 several research efforts conducted from 1976 to 1985.
 These  studies resulted  in specific recommendations
 for the plant which included  improved  treatment
 system operation, changes in the polymer addition,
 and more aggressive in-plant source controls.

 Initial Data and Information Acquisition

 Plant   Description
 Shell  Oil  Company's Martinez Manufacturing
 Complex  (MMC) produces  refined  petroleum
products, primarily  gasoline, diesel  fuel, lube oils,
and  greases.  As with  many large industrial
complexes, plant operations may vary over time.
Process wastes  are treated in a central wastewater
treatment  facility which  includes  oil/water
separation,  biological  oxidation, secondary
clarification, and tertiary nitration. MMC  discharges
through a single deep  water diffuser into an
estuarine environment at a rate of approximately 4
million gallons per day (MOD).
 Toxicity Identification Evaluation  (TIE)


 Characterization  and  Fractionation

 To meet anticipated toxicity limits, a program  was
 initiated to investigate the toxicants present in the
 final effluent. Based on plant operations  experience,
 ammonia and oil  and  grease were among  the
 potential candidates. Therefore, an investigative
 procedure was  developed to determine if these (or
 other chemicals) were the primary toxic agents.

 In 1976, effluent was obtained from a point just prior
 to discharge  for use  in  the analyses.  The
fractionation/characterization  procedure  involved
freon extraction of acidified wastewater to remove oil
 and grease, followed by nitrogen stripping  at alkaline
pH to remove ammonia. Oil and grease  and ammonia
 were also added back to the "stripped"  sample to
 determine if these components were the only toxic
agents removed during the extraction and stripping
procedures.

Toxicity tests and chemical analysis for a specific
 group of parameters were  conducted on the complete
effluent and at each stage of the extraction process.
 However,  after  collecting  and analyzing  four
 samples,  the unadulterated whole effluent
apparently became (acutely)  nontoxic  and  the testing
program was suspended.  Analysis of  the collected
data revealed some information. The toxicity of the
effluent decreased after the removal of the  oil  and
 grease  fraction  and toxicity increased after the oil
and grease was added back  in. However,  there were
not enough data to make a precise estimation of the
toxicity of the oil and grease fraction. Analysis of the
oil and grease extract  using infrared and ultraviolet
absorbance procedures indicated the presence of
naphthenic acid compounds with minor amounts of
amines and aromatic hydrocarbons. The simplest
naphthenic acid (cyclohexane carboxylic acid) is  also
reported to be toxic at concentrations  of 5-7 mg/L,
levels approaching those observed in the wastewater.
The  major  source of naphthenic acids in MMC
wastewater was identified as the wash water used
during crude oil desalting. Naphthenic acid was
                                              A-15

-------
 shown to be most toxic at low pH (Shell Oil Company
 1986).
 acutely toxic biotreater effluent and spiking with the
 component of interest.
Ammonia levels were consistently low because of
nitrification in the biological treatment system
during the earlier studies, and this was believed to be
one of the major reasons why the effluent remained
essentially non-acutely toxic.

Recognizing that the acute toxicity of the waste
discharge had for all practical purposes disappeared,
a program was initiated to investigate what caused
the disappearance.  Daily toxicity tests were begun on
final effluent, and various refinery processes and in-
plant waste streams were monitored to identify
relationships between toxicity and potential sources
of toxic wastes whenever the waste stream exhibited
acute toxicity. In addition to daily acute  toxicity
tests, various waste streams were monitored for
ammonia,  nitrate and nitrite  nitrogen,  organic
nitrogen, TSS, oil and grease, COD, and TOC.

Of the 37 different manufacturing processes,  there
appeared to be a strong cause/effect relationship
between the chemical manufacturing process which
produces diallylamine (DAAM plant), concentrations
of ammonia in the effluent, and effluent toxicity.
Amine compounds identified in the effluent were
ethylenediamine,  monoallylamine, diallylamine,
triallylamine,  dimethylaminopropylamine,  and
polyethyleneimine,  a polymer used during the
flocculation  phase  of waste treatment. It  was  not
clear how amines reacted during effluent treatment
to cause toxicity and there is some evidence that: (1)
amines may be  converted to  ammonia  during
biotreatment; (2)  some amines may pass  through
biotreatment at high concentrations which may be
toxic; and (3) amines may inhibit  nitrification of
ammonia. All three methods of actions are possible
depending  on circumstances.


A third  study (Shell  Oil  Company  1986) was
conducted in 1984 and 1985 to identify the sources of
toxicity in the biotreater effluent. Through the
review of the above studies,  naphthenic acids,
ammonia,  vanadium,  and a polyethyleneimine
polymer used for coagulation  in  the secondary
dissolved air flotation clarifier  were selected as  the
most significant contributors to effluent toxicity for
which dose-response data should be developed.
Although earlier studies identified organic  nitrogen
compounds  (amines) as potential  sources of toxicity,
control measures implemented between 1976 and
1979 sufficiently reduced concentrations of amines in
the final effluent.

The objective of this study was to determine a dose-
response relationship for each constituent in the
effluent. Toxicity tests were performed using non-
For oil and grease, the residue was toxic to fish when
added to a non-toxic effluent at a concentration of 12
to 25 mg/L. Because the oil and grease fraction was
observed  to consist primarily of naphthenic acids,
toxicity tests were also performed using refined
naphthenic acid and showed a 96-hour LCso in the
range of 5 mg/L which is consistent with published
data. However, it is difficult to relate the toxicity of
naphthenic acids to oil and grease because of the
complex nature of oil and grease.

The  acute  threshold  effect  concentration
(concentration in the effluent which results in an
LCso < 100%  effluent) for ammonia in the Martinez
Refinery biotreater effluent  was between 0.9 and 1.0
mg-N/L un-ionized ammonia. Within the pH range of
the biotreater effluent, the acutely toxic threshold
concentration was expected to be above 20 mg/L as
total ammonia nitrogen.

Although vanadium produced toxicity in the effluent
in the  6  to  16 mg/L  range,  concentrations  of
approximately  5  mg/L were designated  as
concentrations of concern.

For polymer toxicity, the bioassay was not as simple.
Because the concentration of the polymeric flocculent
in the effluent is a function  of its adsorption behavior
on activated  sludge,  toxicity tests to determine the
toxicity of free polymer were conducted with
synthetic  seawater. The resulting 96-hour LCso f°r
polyethyleneimine  (PEI)  and DMAEM/AM were
determined to be in the range of 5-15 mg/L and 30-50
mg/L, respectively. Because these  concentrations
represent  free flocculent in  solution and not applied
dosage during waste treatment, adsorption isotherms
were developed for biomass generated in the
activated  sludge  pilot units treating the MMC
wastewater.  Both the PEI and the DMAEM/AM
polymers were  used as adsorbates. Isotherms were
determined by adding known amounts of flocculent to
1-L samples of biomass, mixing,  settling the biomass,
and analyzing the supernatant for residual flocculent
concentration. The amount  of flocculent adsorbed to
the biomass was calculated by performing a material
balance on the liquid phase. This allowed for the
estimation of flocculent in  solution given a specific
amount of biomass in the  wastewater flow, flocculent
dosage rate, and the adsorptive capacity of the given
flocculent (either PEI or DMAEM/AM).

This study showed that not only did free PEI cause
toxicity to fish,  but it  also inhibited both the
biodegradation of oil and grease  (specifically
naphthenic acids)  and the nitrification process which
further contributed  to  toxicity because of the
                                               A-16

-------
resulting  high residual effluent  concentrations  of
naphthenic acid and  ammonia.


Confirmation of Toxic Agents
Once potential toxic agents were identified,  their
toxicity in the effluent had to be confirmed. This was
done using  several methods. Through fractionation
procedures  described  above,  the toxicity of the
effluent was shown  to  decrease  once the oil and
grease fraction had been removed. Furthermore, the
individual addition of  oil  and  grease,  ammonia,
vanadium,  and  amines  to  a  nontoxic  effluent
increased the toxicity of that effluent to that expected
in a similar  toxic effluent.

In order to quantify the extent to which each toxicant
contributed to the  total  toxicity, weekly acute toxicity
tests  were  conducted for  approximately  one year
using three-spined  stickleback fish.  In  addition to the
toxicity test, each  sample  was  analyzed for  an
extensive  list of potential pollutants.  For each  of
these  pollutants, their toxicity  was determined
through a literature  search.  Because the fractional
acute toxicities of waste constituents are  generally
additive, it  was hypothesized that overall toxieity
should be  equal  to the sum of  each individual
constituent's  toxicity. This is  mathematically
expressed  as  TCt =  Ca/TL50a  +  Cb/TL50b  ---
Cn/TL50n

where

TG|      =  total effluent toxicity in toxic units

Ca,,,n     =  concentration of each individual waste
             constituent

TL50a-n  =  concentration  of waste  constituent
             which  causes 50 percent mortality

Using  this  equation,  a multiple  linear  regression
eauation was derived and the statistical significance
of each constituent in reference to the  overall toxicity
could be determined. A correlation coefficient (R2) of
0.59  was  derived.  The  regression  explains
approximately  62  percent of the toxicity. Based on
this additive approach, significant  contributors of
toxicity were identified as ammonia (18 percent),
naphthenic  acids (32 percent),  and suspended solids
(12 percent). The balance of 38 percent unexplained
toxicity was attributed to  the  variability of the
toxicity tests or the polymer, PEI, which was later
identified.

Joxicity  Reduction  Approaches

At  this point,  oil and  grease (naphthenic acids),
ammonia, amines (organic  nitrogen), flocculation
polymers (PEI),  and suspended  solids had been
identified in at least one of the studies performed as
contaminants  of concern.  Toxicity  reduction
approaches for  each of these  contaminants  are
discussed  below.


Oil  and Grease
The major source of naphthenic acids (oil and grease)
in MMC effluent was identified as wash water from
the crude oil desalter and the toxicity from this
source was attributed to partitioning of water soluble
naphthenic  acids from the  crude oil into the  water
phase.  A  Brine Deoiling Unit (BDU)  was
subsequently installed to reduce the concentration of
naphthenic  acids discharged to the aqueous effluent
treatment facilities. Since  the naphthenic acids are
water  soluble,  they  still partition into  the  water
phase to some degree  and subsequently continue to be
present in the aqueous effluent.

Bench scale tests indicated that powdered  activated
carbon (PACT) addition to  activated  sludge  can
reduce effluent toxicity (Shell Oil Company  1986). In
subsequent  pilot scale slip-stream  studies onsite, 50
mg/E (basis feed flow) of powdered activated carbon
completely  removed acute  toxicity to  stickleback
after  addition of 20  mg/L naphthenic  acid  to the
biotreater feed. In contrast,  a conventional biotreater
fed the same spiked feed yielded an effluent with an
L& of about 60 percent. Emergency PACT addition
to  the MMC  biotreater  for toxicity  reduction
following  upsets or spills may be possible. Potential
adverse effects or PACT (clarification, corrosion,
equipment wear)  should  be  considered before  full
scale use is implemented. However, recent biotreater
operating performance shows that when the proposed
10  mg/L oil and grease NPDES limitation is met, the
concentration of oil and  grease  (i.e.,  naphthenic
acids)  is kept below  the effect concentration  and a
nontoxic effluent is  produced.


Ammonia

The most effective method  of  controlling  effluent
ammonia levels  is  to  sustain nitrification in the
activated  sludge basin.  Since February 1985,  the
Martinez  refinery  biotreater   has  sustained
nitrification,  thereby reducing the  effluent  total
ammonia concentration to less than 1 mg-N/L. Proper
control of sludge age, pH,  and inhibitory spills (i.e.,
source  control)  in addition  to  avoiding inhibitory
additives  such as the polyethyleneimine type  water
clarification  polymers  should allow  for  continued
nitrification and eliminate  ammonia as a contributor
to fish toxicity.


Amines (Organic Nitrogen)
Ethylenediamine is produced as a waste gas in one of
the chemical manufacturing processes. Prior to May
1976,  this gas was discharged in series through a
water  scrubber and an incinerator, and the alkaline
                                                 A-17

-------
scrubber water was periodically drained to the sewer.
When  it  was  realized  that  this waste  was
aggravating effluent  ammonia  and  toxicity, the
water scrubber was bypassed  and  the  gas incinerated
directly. By this relatively simple modification, this
source of effluent toxicity was eliminated.

In the  Diallylamine (DAAM) plant,  wastewater is
discharged after distillation  of amines in alkaline
solution. A specific  ion electrode  instrument,
sensitive to the total of ammonia and amines, was
installed to continuously monitor this wastewater
which is diverted to a storage tank and rerun
whenever ammonia or amine levels  are high. The
ability to control amine losses and the impact of this
process on  effluent quality  was monitored  closely
after the plant  started  operation in March 1977.
However,  studies in  1979  showed that organic
nitrogen compounds were probably negligible
contributors to toxicity and the efforts to control the
toxic amines described above  were  apparently
successful.
Flocculation  Polymers (PEI and DMAEM/AM)
Utilizing the adsorption  equations developed  to
estimate free (dissolved) flocculent, it was estimated
that free PEI flocculent would be present in the
effluent whenever the applied  flocculent dosage
exceeds 40 mg/L. During TSS excursions, flocculent
doses in excess of 8 0  mg/L have been used at MMC.
Estimates  on the PEI concentration  in the final
effluent would  be subject  to a large degree  of
uncertainty. However,  there is a strong possibility for
PEI in the effluent and potential for toxicity due to
PEI.  Therefore,  use  of  this  flocculent  was
discontinued.  In  contrast, the DMAEM/AM
flocculent currently in use would have to be applied
at a dosage in excess of 150 mg/L before  effluent
toxicity due to flocculent would be expected. This is
due to  the  stronger adsorption characteristics  of
DMAEM/AM.
Suspended  Solids
Suspended solids are in part biodegradable, and thus
are probably at least partially nonpersistent. The
quantity of suspended  solids in the wastewater
discharge is very  minor  compared to  naturally
occurring silt  suspensions in  the  tidal estuary.
Therefore, the minor discharge of suspended  solids
probably  is  of little consequence  as related  to
persistence of acute  toxicity.

Follow-Up and Confirmation

As  noted in the introduction, the three studies
described in  this case study  spanned over eight  years,
and although oil and grease  and ammonia  were
identified as toxicity  contributors in each study,
amines, specific flocculent polymers, and suspended
solids were identified in only one study.

Problems  Encountered

Conducting a toxicity reduction  evaluation on an
essentially non-acutely  toxic  effluent is difficult.
However,  the investigators in  this study  took an
innovative  approach.  By  correlating  observed
effluent toxicity to manufacturing processes, changes
in processes could be related  to  periods when the
effluent became non-acutely toxic. Without testing
each process waste  stream, the investigators could
narrow their work scope and focus on those processes
which were correlated with effluent toxicity.

Water Quality-Based Toxicity Limit

After confirming  sources of toxicity and the non-
persistent  nature  of toxicants,  MMC  applied for an
exception  to the  CRWQCB toxicity limit of a 100
percent effluent LCso using the  three-spine
stickleback. The  exception was proposed based on
meeting three California criteria:  (1)  effluent
dilution is rapid and  greater than  10  to  1 on
discharge,  (2) effluent toxicants are  non-persistent
and  (3) beneficial uses of the  receiving water are
protected.

Shell used U.S. EPA's water quality-based approach
as outlined'in  the Agency's  Technical Support
Document  (U.S.  EPA 1985), to  develop a protective
water quality-based toxicity limit.

Acute  toxicity tests using six  species,  and chronic
toxicity tests using three species, were conducted
over a 12  month period to determine sensitive species
and acute to chronic ratios. Additionally,  these data
were used to relate effluent toxicity to the three-spine
stickleback  to the organisms  used in  this study.
Furthermore, dye and effluent modeling studies were
performed  to  determine  plume dilution.  This
demonstration supported a dilution  of 33:1 and a
protective water quality-based effluent limit of LC$o
> 54 percent effluent.

References

Hanson,  J.R. "Progress Report  on Wastewater
  Discharge Toxicity Study  Program.  Shell Oil
  Company Martinez  Manufacturing  Complex."
  Submitted to  California Regional Water Quality
  Control Board, December 1, 1976.

Hanson, J.R. "Technical Report on Toxicity of Waste
  Discharge.  Shell Oil  Company  Martinez
  Manufacturing Complex." Submitted to California
  Regional Water Quality Control Board, June 26,
  1980.
                                                A-18

-------
Shell Oil Company.  "Derivation of Water Quality-      Control. EPA 440/4-85-032  Office  of  Water,
  Based Toxicity Effluent Limits  for the Shell Oil      Washington,  B.C. (1985).
  Martinez Manufacturing Complex." Prepared by
  EA Engineering, Science and Technology, Inc.
  Lafayette,  California. (1986). 48 pp.
                                                   vanCompernolle, R, et al. Potential Contributors  to
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Technical      Fish  Toxicity in the Martinez Manufacturing
  Support Document for  Water Quality-Based Toxics       Complex Biotreater Effluent. August 9,1985.
                                               A-19

-------
                                           Section A-4
                          Case  History: A  North Carolina Textile Mill
/ntroc/uct/on

Glen Raven Mills, Inc., Consumer Products Division,
produces  ladies hosiery at its mill  in Alamance
County, Altamahaw, NC. Treated  process and
domestic wastewater from the mill is discharged into
the Haw River and comprises 0.8 percent of the river
volume under  7Q10 flow  conditions (seven
consecutive day flow with a recurrence interval of ten
years). Having determined that WWTP effluent was
toxic,  The  North   Carolina  Department  of
Environmental Management required Glen Raven to
implement an aquatic toxicity monitoring program
in early 1985,  establishing  a  48-hour acute static
Daphnia pulexLC^o of >90.0 percent  as a toxicity
reduction goal.

Effluent bioassay testing began in February 1985.
The following month, Glen Raven Mills  enlisted
Burlington Research,  Inc. (BRI) to conduct Toxicity
Identification and Reduction Evaluations. The final
phase of the study was completed in March 1986.

Initial Data and  Information Acquisition

Process  Description

Glen Raven Mills dyes pantyhose (Nylon 6 and 6.6)
with acid and  disperse dyes in  rotary dyeing
machines. Prior to the TRE,  liquor ratios of 30:1 (30
pounds of water per  pound of goods dyed) were typical
for  the dyeing machines being used. Among the
major process chemicals used in addition to dyestuffs
are  surfactants,  chelating  agents and fabric
softeners, which serve as fabric processing aids prior
to dye  applications.

The raw process water being utilized  in the dyeing
systems is obtained  from the Haw River, upstream of
the  plant. Water  is flocculated with alum and
clarified prior  to use.

Wastewater Treatment Plant Description

Glen Raven maintains an activated sludge WWTP
for  the treatment  of process and domestic
wastewaters. The plant consists of upright fiberglass
equalization tanks,  an 80,000 gallon  capacity
concrete activated sludge basin, and  concrete
rectangular clarifier and chlorine contact chambers.
Permit flow  for the WWTP is 0.045 MGD but flows
prior to the TRE averaged 0.027 MGD, with frequent
hydraulic overflows appearing  during  production
peaks.

Wastestreams treated by Glen  Raven's WWTP are
primarily composed of discharges from dye processes
and discharge  of  proprietary yarn spinning
applications.  Over 90 percent of the  process flow
comes  from  dyeing operations but  there is some
contribution of domestic wastes  even though septic
tank treatment is applied to most domestic waters.

Characteristics of Influent and Eff luent

Glen Raven is required  to  measure selected effluent
chemical parameters  twice monthly.  A review  of
composite  effluent measurements  prior  to  the
initiation of  the TRE indicates  average parameter
levels of 43.5 and 365.8 mg/L for BOD5 and COD,
respectively; 33.9 mg/L  for TSS,  <0.01 mg/L for
sulfide, < 0.01 mg/L for phenols and < 0.05 mg/L for
total chromium. Metal  analyses conducted in May
and June reflect average copper levels of 0.446 mg/L
and average zinc levels of 0.498 mg/L. Generally, the
effluent can  be characterized as having a high COD
pass-through and potentially toxic concentrations  of
total metals.

A review of  monthly  48-hour acute  static D. pulex
LCso  values for  tests conducted  on  composite
effluents during the  early  months  of toxicity
monitoring indicates that values ranged from a low of
38.1 percent to a high of  > 90.0 percent, and averaged
63.6 percent.  Though the LCgg goal of > 90.0 percent
was met in March, June and July 1985, the effluent
has a history of dramatic fluctuations in LCso values
(Figure A4-1).
Toxicity Reduction Evaluation (TRE)

Effluent Toxicity

The water flea D.  pulex was used as the test species
prior  to  and during the  TIE acute static toxicity
monitoring program of Glen Raven's effluent. Test
organisms were  obtained  from cultures maintained
                                                A-21

-------
 o"

 cf
        2/85
                         Date
1/86
Figure A4-1. Early TRE 48-hour 0. pu/ex acute static bioassay
          history, Glen Raven Mills.
by BRI and bioassay procedures adhered to EPA
protocol (Peltier and Weber 1985).

Glen Raven began bioassay monitoring of its effluent
in February of 1985.  Concurrently, Glen Raven asked
BRI to screen  its  chemical  usage list so that
compounds  with known toxicities and  minimal
biodegradability  could be eliminated/minimized in
production processes.  Chemical compounds  for which
dyehouse products were screened included alkyl
phenol ethoxylates  (APE),  biocides, quaternary
ammonium compounds and organic solvents. In
addition to  chemical use recommendations, BRI
suggested means by which chemical products could
be more accurately measured and  dispensed during
dyeing operations. Prior to this review,  dippers and
buckets were used to measure  the dyehouse process
chemicals. During this phase of the TIE (Tier I),
personnel in the dyehouse began  to use measuring
cups and weighing  devices  to  more accurately
apportion the amounts of chemicals required in
dyeing formulae. Despite the implementation of
chemical compound optimization by July, 1985,
effluent bioassay results continued to fluctuate  well
below the LCso goal of >90.0 percent (Figure A4-1).

During the chemical usage review period, BRI  also
studied WWTP operational practices and data (TRE,
Tier II).  Because of the regularity of influent
overloads, it was suggested that Glen Raven consider
additional  equalization to supplement present
capacity.  In addition, it was suggested that Glen
Raven consider the use of dyeing machines that
                                                  would reduce liquor ratios from 30: 1 to less than 10:  1.
                                                  Such machines would help to minimize the volume of
                                                  process wastewaters entering the WWTP.
Characterization  and Fractionation

Because effluent toxicity levels did not improve after
the Phase I chemical optimization  step, and because
the feasibility of increased equalization and low-
liquor dyeing was undecided (Tier II), BRI undertook
a Tier III TIE to further characterize Glen Raven's
effluent. Due to BRI's familiarity with Glen Raven's
textile  operation  and  chemical  use, initial
wastestream analyses focused on effluent metal and
surfactant measurements.

A  24-hour composite effluent  sample was collected
prior to chlorination  beginning December 17, 1985
and used  for chemical and  toxicity characterization.
In addition to BOD5 and COD determinations,
metals  and  surfactant  (MBAS  and  CTAS)
determinations  were  conducted. Of particular
interest  in  this  characterization  was  the
identification  of  unbiodegraded  surfactant
compounds in Glen Raven's effluent, particularly
nonionics. To this end, a  sublimation/extraction
procedure, developed by the  Soap and Detergent
Association for  use in biodegradation  and
environmental studies,  was applied to an effluent
aliquot. This method,  as well as those for all NPDES
analyses  conducted  during the TIE and TRE, is
referenced in Standard Methods (APHA 1985).

Results  of the December effluent characterization
indicated that the sample was  representative of that
typically obtained for Glen Raven. Analyses showed
that toxic concentrations of copper, nickel, and zinc
(total  and dissolved) were  present.  Furthermore, the
CTAS (nonionic surfactant) concentration of 20.7
mg/L indicated that  nonbiodegraded  nonionic
surfactants were a very likely source of the effluent
toxicity indicated by the 48-hour D. pulex static acute
LCso value of 48.7  percent effluent. In addition, the
1.6 mg/L  concentration of MBAS surfactant was
considered high  enough  to be potentially toxic,
pending  identification of  structural  conformation.
Table A4-1 summarizes  pertinent data from the
December analyses  along with U.S. EPA Criteria
Document literature toxicity values for daphnids and
expected instream  waste concentrations  during
projected 7Q10 flow conditions.

Effluent metals could be directly linked to dyestuffs
used in the hosiery dyeing  process but it appeared
unlikely that additional source reductions could be
effected since chemical optimization had already
been implemented.  And to  what extent metals were
contributing to the effluent toxicity was unclear as
metal determinations were  conducted  as 'total
recoverable'  (standard procedure for effluent metal
                                              A-22

-------
 Table A4-1. Effluent Characterization, Glen Raven Mills
           TRB, Prechlorination Composite of
           December 17-18,1985.
Test
* Acute LC50
Copper
Nickel
Zinc
CTAS
MBAS
Result
(mg/L)
Total
(Dissolved)
48.7%
0.443 (0.447)
0.110 (0.100)
0.537 (0.480)
20.7
1.6
Daphnid Toxicity
Criteria (mg/L)
Acute

0.017
1.102
0.076
5.360
19.870
Chronic
- -
0.010
0.015
-
>1.0(a)
>4.0(b)
Effluent
7Q10 IWC
at 0.8%

0.004
0.001
0.004
0.166
0.013
 (a)  Linear Alcohol Ethoxylate (LAE)
 (b)  Sodium Dodecylbenzenesulfbnate (DDBSA) as MBAS
    Value is in percent effluent

analyses) rather than 'acid soluble,' the latter which
is thought to be more indicative of a concentration
which is toxic (U.S. EPA 1985).

As with other chemical compounds,  surfactant usage
had been optimized to eliminate those  containing
highly toxic and  nonbiodegradable  APEs. It was
apparent  from  the   December  effluent
characterization that the  linear alcohol ethoxylate
(LAE) compounds being used by  Glen Raven were not
being  adequately treated to non-toxic levels.
Toxicity  Reduction Approaches

In order to evaluate the contribution of metals and
non-biodegraded surfactants to Glen Raven's effluent
toxicity,  BRI  proposed  a Tier  V  study which
addressed  metals removal and  extended biotreatment
as  a  means of reducing effluent toxicity.  Both
laboratory  treatments  were   conducted  on
prechlorination composite  effluent  samples collected
daily  from January  14-18,  1986.  Baseline
measurements of acute toxicity (LCso values), BOD,
COD, metals, and CTAS surfactants were conducted
on the December 14-15 composite, which was used for
the metals reduction experiment and the initiation of
the extended biological treatment experiment.
Metals Reduction  Experiment

For  this  treatment experiment,  an aliquot  of
untreated effluent was  passed through a prepared
column packed with a cationic exchange resin
(Biorad AG50W-X4, 50-100 mesh, hydrogen form).
Portions of treated effluent were  then  used for
bioassay  analyses  and  measurements of total
recoverable  metals. Results of pre- and post-
treatment analyses indicated substantial reductions
of copper (from 0.244 to 0.078 mg/L) and zinc (0.598  to
0.024 mg/L). The pre-treatment iron concentration of
1.061 mg/L was minimally reduced  to 0.930 mg/L,
while cadmium,  chromium,  lead  and  nickel
concentrations were < 0.05 mg/L in both pre-  and
post-treatment samples. A post-treatment LCso value
of 80.7 percent effluent reflected some improvement
from the baseline LCso value of 71.9 percent.
Extended Biological  Treatment Experiment

For this treatment experiment, activated sludge from
Glen Raven's  WWTP  was used to further treat
aliquots of composited effluents. Prior to the actual
renewal/treatment  phase of  the  experiment,
activated  sludge  was acclimated  in BRI's
temperature  controlled laboratory, a  period which
included  daily feeding with untreated wastewater
from Glen Raven's treatment facility.
On Day 1 of the Treatability Study  (January 15,
1986), background values  for  activated  sludge
parameters  were  measured on  sludge  culture
supernatant,  including  total  suspended  solids,
settleable solids and 48-hour static acute LCso values
(the latter determined  on culture  supernatant). In
addition,  a  respiration rate  was obtained for the
sludge culture to check for an endogenous respiration
level (5-20 mg/L/hr). Subsequent  to this background
check,  a daily renewal of sludge supernatant was
initiated at a 20 percent by volume rate over a 5-day
period, beginning with the January 14-15 composite.
A freshly composited effluent sample was used each
day thereafter during the renewal period. After the
fifth and final 20 percent renewal, at which point the
total  volume  of sludge  supernatant  had  been
replenished  with composited effluent,  activated
sludge treatment was extended  for a period of 24
hours.  At the end of this  24-hour period, aliquots of
sludge supernatant were collected and metal, BOD5,
COD,  CTAS, and  acute and mini-chronic  (N.C.
DNRCD  1987) static  toxicity tests  conducted.
Post-treatment metal determinations indicated that
0.287 mg/L copper, 0.065 mg/L chromium, 1.071 mg/L
iron and 1.14 mg/L zinc were present. Of these, only
zinc reflected  a substantial increase over the pre-
treatment  concentration of  0.598 mg/L. Post-
treatment values of 17.8 mg/L for BOD5,  231.2 mg/L
for  COD, and  0.85 mg/L for nonionic surfactants
(CTAS) reflected  substantial  reductions  from pre-
treatment  concentrations of  79.5,  500.2 and  10.4
mg/L for BOD5,  COD  and nonionics, respectively.
The post- treatment 48-hour acute static  LCso value
of > 90.0 value also  reflected reduction  in  toxicity
from the baseline LCso of 71.9 percent. Results of the
mini-chronic  Ceriodaphnia reproduction bioassay
indicated that the treated effluent had no effect  at
Glen Raven's 7Q10 instream effluent concentration
of 0.8 percent.
                                                A-23

-------
 Conclusions: Toxicity Reduction  Experiments

 Based on preliminary BODS, COD, metal and acute
 static LCso values, the composite effluent samples of
 December  17-18  and  January  14-15  were
 representative of effluent samples typically obtained
 from Glen Raven's Altamahaw facility.

 Metal removal experiments on Glen Raven effluent
 showed  that  metals did not  appear to be major
 contributors  to effluent toxicity.  Compared  to
 published metal toxicity criteria,  the December
 effluent  metal  concentrations of copper  at  0.443
 mg/L,  nickel at  1.110 mg/L and zinc  at 0.537 mg/L
 would appear to support the 48.7 percent static acute
 test LCso value obtained for the composite. However,
 similarly toxic  concentrations of  copper and  zinc
 (0.244 mg/L and 0.598  mg/L, respectively)  were
 present in the January 15 composite and the LCso
 value  was considerably  higher  (71.9  percent).
 Likewise, toxic concentrations of copper (0.278 mg/L)
 and zinc (1.14 mg/L) were present in the treatability
 experiment supernatant which had a measured LCso
 value of >90.0 percent.  In explaining this
 discrepancy, it  must be kept in mind that flame
 atomic absorption determinations  represent metals
 in their  free and complexed states. Textile process
 water such as Glen Raven's may contain metals that
 have complexed with chelating agents  such as EDTA
 and, therefore, are not as toxic as metals in their free
 ionic state.

 Unbiodegraded nonionic surfactants were present in
 Glen Raven effluent at concentrations  reported as
 toxic to  aquatic organisms.  Because Glen Raven
 removed alkyl phenolic surfactants (such as NP-10)
 from the production process as a result of the Tier I
 chemical  optimization,  it was  surmised that the
 nonionic surfactant concentrated from the  effluent
 represented  unbiodegraded linear  alcohol
 ethoxylates (LAEs) which are known to be highly
 biodegradable  and non-toxic when  completely
 treated. A BRI in-house study, funded by the North
 Carolina DEM Pollution Prevention Pays Program,
 indicated  that  nonbiodegraded LAE  is  toxic to
Dccphnia pulex at concentrations of 2.4 mg/L (Moore,
 et al. 1987). Infrared scans of surfactant residue from
 both the December 18 and  January  15  composites
 confirmed that the LAEs present in the effluent were
 incompletely biodegraded, as  evidenced by reduced
 terminal hydroxyl peaks at 3387  nm and reduced
 ethylene oxide  peaks at 1220-1280 nm.

 That the  level of toxicity in Glen Raven's effluent
 could be reduced with extended biological treatment
 was indicated by the acute static LCso value of > 90.0
 percent  obtained  with  supernatant  from  the
 Biological Treatment  experiment.  In addition,
 results of the  Ceriodaphnia mini-chronic  bioassay
 indicated  that effluent  receiving extended biological
treatment did not impair organism  reproduction at
the 0.8 percent 7Q1.0 instream concentration.

Based on  the  findings  of  the  laboratory  Toxicity
Reduction  experiments,  the  following  conclusions
were made:

1.  Glen Raven effluent can  be rendered acutely non-
    toxic upon  receiving adequate  biological
    treatment.

2. Additional biological  treatment will biodegrade
    surfactants and other organics to non-toxic levels
    and  reduce  COD  loading on receiving  stream
    waters.
3. Based  on present  WWTP  design and  the
    installation of two low-liquor dye machines, the
    maximum flow of wastewaters into  the WWTP
    should be no greater  than  20  percent  of the
    treatment facility capacity.  Alternatively,  the
    WWTP could be expanded to allow for 20 percent
    more contact time with  the activated sludge.

4.  Though concentrations of  total recoverable
    metals in the effluent  exceed  concentrations
    reported to be acutely toxic to aquatic organisms,
    present levels do not appear to  be contributing
    significantly to effluent  toxicity.

Based on findings of the TRE,  the most  logical and
least  expensive approach to toxicity reduction at the
Glen  Raven  Mill was to  increase  process waste
equalization  to  accommodate  continual  WWTP
operation on a 24-hours per day, 7 days per week, 52
weeks per year schedule. Because the mill had no
second and third  shift or weekend operations, these
periods could be used for waste treatment. Additional
equalization would allow for a much  slower addition
of influent to the  WWTP, thereby giving  the facility
the time necessary  to  adequately  treat  process
wastes.
/mp/emenfcrf/on of Toxicity Reduction
Recommendations

By August 1986, Glen Raven Mills had incorporated
significant changes at its Altamahaw facility.  First,
low-liquor ratio dyeing machines were installed in its
dyeing process, reducing by 50 percent water  usage
per pound of hosiery produced. Secondly, additional
equalization was incorporated into the design of the
WWTP, thus eliminating peak influent surges. These
changes increased the retention time  of process
wastes in the activated sludge contact chamber from
an average of 2.5 days to  4.5 days.
                                                A-24

-------
Follow-Up  and Confirmation

Aquatic toxicity testing of Glen Raven's effluent
continued on a monthly basis for the remainder of
1986. After several months of >90.0 percent LCso
values in early summer, attributed to a warm
weather trend similar to that seen in 1985, Glen
Raven's effluent consistently maintained its LCso
goal well into the colder winter months. Beginning in
1987,  Glen Raven's  permit was  modified to a
quarterly toxicity testing  schedule and its effluent
has continued to test non-toxic. As Figure A4-2
depicts, the maintenance of a toxic effluent status is
closely correlated to the reduction in the average
monthly WWTP effluent flow rate.
      o 11 I I I I  I III 11 I II I I I 11 I I I II M I'll
Figure A4-2a.  Pre- and post- TRE 48-hour 0. pu/ex acute
            static bioassay history, Glen Raven Mills.
        2/85
                      1/86
                                     1/87   5/87
Figure A4-2b.  Pre- and post- TRE monthly average effluent
            flow (MGD), Glen Raven Mills.
The incorporation of additional WWTP sludge
contact time and the substitution of LAEs for APEs
as process chemicals were both critical to the success
of Glen Raven's TRE. Because of the literature
reported  evidence of APE toxicity and limited
degradation, it is unlikely that  Glen Raven would
have  realized  its  toxicity  reduction goal  with
extended treatment alone. To date, Glen Raven has
continued to use process-related detergents which are
non-toxic when completely biodegraded. There is
every indication that this practice in conjunction
with expanded WWTP operations will ensure the
continued discharge of process effluent with minimal
toxic impact.

Problems  Encountered

No specific hurdles were encountered during the TIE
and TRE  phases of the study.  Paramount to the
success of the  project was Glen  Raven Mills'
willingness to investigate all aspects of the toxicity
problem. Management acted quickly in assessing
study findings and implemented changes in chemical
optimization,  process changes  and WWTP
modifications in timely manner.

References

APHA.  Standard Methods  for  the Examination of
   Water and Wastewater. 16th Edition, American
   Public  Health  Association,  Washington, DC
   (1985).

Moore, S. B., et al. "Aquatic Toxicities of Textile
   Surfactants."   Textile  Chemist  and  Colorist
   19(5):29-32 (1987).

North Carolina Department of  Natural Resources
   and  Community  Development,   Division  of
   Environmental Management, Water Quality
   Section. "North Carolina Ceriodaphnia Chronic
   Effluent Bioassay Procedure." North  Carolina
   Department of Natural Resources of Community
   Development,  Raleigh, NC (1987).

Peltier, W. H.  and  C. I.  Weber. Methods  for
   Measuring the Acute  Toxicity of Effluents  to
   Freshwater and Marine  Organisms.  3rd Edition,
   EPA-600/4-85/013,  Environmental  Monitoring
   and Support Laboratory, U.  S. Environmental
   Protection Agency, Cincinnati,  OH., March 1985.

U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency. Ambient
   Water Quality Criteria for Copper • 1984.  EPA-
   440/5-84/027,  Environmental  Protection Agency,
   Criteria and Standards Division, Washington,
   DC., January 1985.
                                              A-25

-------
                                          Section A-5
                Case History: A North Carolina Metal Product Manufacturer
Introduction
Halstead Metal Products, located in Stokes County,
NC,  produces  copper piping through an extrusion
process. Halstead operates a 0.025 MGD  activated
sludge WWTP  which has a monthly average effluent
discharge of 0.0054 MGD.  Incoming wastewater is
primarily  domestic in nature,  with no actual
contribution from  industrial processes. Halstead's
effluent is discharged into  an unnamed tributary of
the Dan River and has a 7Q10 IWC of 32.6 percent.

The  North Carolina  Division of Environmental
Management  (NCDEM) conducted 48-hour acute
static Daphnia pulex bioassays on effluent samples in
June 1985 and January 1986. LC50 values of 37, 28,
24 and 7 percent showed that effluent was toxic to the
test organism  and indicated that  instream impact
would be  expected under 7Q10 design stream
conditions.  As  a result  of  these preliminary
bioassays,  the NCDEM required Halstead Metal
Products to begin a monthly program of 48-hour
acute static bioassay  monitoring of its  effluent.
Burlington  Research, Inc. (BRI) began the  monthly
testing in March 1986 and  LCso values ranged from
<5.0 - 11.9 percent  through October 1986.  At
Halstead's request,   BRI initiated  a  Toxicity
Reduction Evaluation (TRE) the following month.
Initial Data and Information Acquisition

Process  Description
Halstead melts copper scrap and cathodes to form
billets (copper logs)  which are then used for the
extrusion of tubes and cold-drawing of pipes/tubing of
various lengths and diameters. Monthly production
of finished product averages 5 million pounds.

Wastewater Treatment Plant  Description
Halstead operates a package activated sludge WWTP
consisting of a  25,000 gallon  aeration  basin,  4,000
gallon clarifier and a 525 gallon chlorine contact
chamber.  Permitted discharge for the WWTP is 0.025
MGD but a 0.0058 MGD  monthly average is
produced.
Housekeeping

Prior to the initiation of the TRE, Halstead conducted
a review  of housekeeping practices. A possible
contributing source of toxic copper flakes through
floor drains was corrected by the installation of drain
traps.  Except for the introduction of copper dust via
frequent hand washing by production personnel, no
additional  source of contamination was identified.


Characteristics of Influent and Eff luent

Halstead's NPDES permit requires both influent and
effluent analyses on a variable daily/weekly/monthly
schedule.  A review of 16 months of NPDES data,
summarized in Table A5-1, indicates substantial
reductions of BODg, ammonia nitrogen and total
suspended  solids through the WWTP.
Table AS-I.  Influent and Effluent Data Summary, Halstead
          Metal Products, August 1985 •  November 1988

                   Concentration (mg/L)
Parameter
Flow (MGD)
pH
BOD5
COD
Oil and Grease
Ammonia Nitrogen
Residual Chlorine,
Total
Solids, Total
Solids, Total
Suspended
Influent "
-
7.51
2179


6.8

581
77
Effluent
0.0058
6.48
96
66
58
0.8
0.6
422
31
Reduction
-




89

28
60
Chemical Usage Review
Except for two hand cleaning products, Halstead uses
no chemical products in conjunction with its copper
pipe production.  It was noted that personnel involved
in the manufacturing process washed their hands
frequently  to clean  them of machinery oils and
grease. Whether soap product use at Halstead was
high enough to be contributing to the effluent toxicity
was  questioned  in  absence of aquatic  toxicity
                                              A-27

-------
information for the cleaners.  It is well documented
that detergents/surfactants in their  unbiodegraded
state can be toxic to aquatic organisms at levels < 1.0
mg/L.  Another  concern regarding  soap  was  its
characteristic 'wetting' property and how it might be
enhancing  the  toxicity of substances  such as copper
dust by acting  as  a mode  for  migration to the
respiratory structures of toxicity test organisms.


On-site Visit
In late October 1986,  an on-site tour of Halstead's
production and WWTP facilities was conducted. A
tour of the manufacturing facility did not highlight
any disposal problems. Except for the frequent hand
washing by  employees,  which  contributes greases
and  copper into  the waste lines, no contaminating
point sources were identified that would account for
the copper, grease, or other unidentified pollutants
which  could  be responsible for the  severe effluent
toxicity.  Operation of the WWTP appeared  to  be
optimal though oil and  grease  surface film in the
separator  suggested an  area that  might require
addressing. An accumulation of  copper  bits at the
point of influent discharge  to the activated sludge
basin  suggested the  distinct  likelihood of  an
accumulation of copper  particles in  the treatment
basin,  especially since the  basin  had not  been
completely cleaned out during the previous 6-7 years.

During the  on-site  visit,  a  preliminary check  on
water  from Halstead's  source wells  indicated that
incoming water  had  a pH of 6.27 and a very low
background  copper  concentration.  Furthermore,
though  copper piping  was  used throughout
Halstead's  facility when it was built,  it was  unlikely
that any significant leaching from copper pipes was
occurring at that pH level. A  more thorough history
of pH and total  metal levels was recommended due to
the rotating nature of pumping  from the 5 wells
which   serve as the  incoming  water  source  for
Halstead. It was also suggested that metal levels be
monitored  at various taps and fountains throughout
the facility.
Toxicity Identification Evaluation (TIE)
Eff luent Toxicity
Logically,  copper was suspected  as the primary
toxicant in Halstead's  effluent.  Therefore, when
monthly bioassay monitoring was initiated in March
1986, total recoverable copper determinations were
conducted  on all  effluent composites collected  for
bioassay testing. EPA guidelines (Peltier and Weber
1985)  and Standard Methods  (APHA  1985)  were
followed for all analyses.
During the eight month period of bioassay and copper
monitoring prior to  the TRE,  48-hour acute static
Duphnia  pulex LCso  determinations  consistently
ranged from < 5.0 - 11.9 percent and averaged  6.5
percent. Total recoverable copper concentrations for
the same period ranged from 0.436 - 1.931 mg/L and
averaged  0.566  mg/L. EPA  criteria  documentation
indicates that copper is toxic to freshwater organisms
at levels as low as 0.007 mg/L (U.S. EPA 1985).

Based  on  available  NPDES  data,  copper was
suspected as the primary cause of effluent toxicity in
Halstead's discharge,  with copper dust and filings
from  manufacturing processes entering the WWTP
considered  as  the source.  Oils  and  greases  and
detergents were suspected to be  contributing to  the
overall effluent toxicity  but confirmation  through
additional chemical testing was  needed. Because of
the domestic nature  of  the  WWTP influent, other
sources of toxicity were not suspected.


Characterization and  Fractionation
A multi-phase approach was taken during this aspect
of the Toxicity Identification Evaluation. Based on
findings and suspicions of the Background Review, a
3-week Phase  I  study was designed to further
characterize Halstead's wastestream. Objectives
include:

1.  The daily monitoring of the incoming water
    supply over a period  of several weeks in order to
    identify any  background metal  contamination
    from well aquifers.

2.  Because of questions regarding the contribution
    of detergents to the toxic nature of the effluent, a
    request  for  manufacturer's information  on hand
    cleaners  was made.

3.   Monitoring of WWTP influent and effluent for a
    period  of 3  weeks to establish  incoming and
    outgoing levels of metals, surfactants,  and  oils
    and greases. Data  would help  establish:

    a.  Whether or not effluent copper levels were
       due  to accumulated solids in the treatment
       basin.

    b.  The  extent to which surfactants and oils and
       greases were components  of the influent and
       how  well they  were being biotreated.

4.  Determination of whether  metals  toxicity,
    primarily  copper, was  due  to particulate  or
    dissolved forms.

5.   After the establishment  of the above  outlined
    database,  a series of laboratory  experiments
    would be designed for the removal of identified
    toxins from Halstead's  effluent wastestream.
    Effluent samples  would be checked for toxicity
    before  and after laboratory treatments.
                                                 A-28

-------
 Beginning with the initiation of Phase I in November
 1986, the water flea Cerioduphnia dubia/affinis was
 used for all 48-hour acute  static bioassays; those
 required by the NCDEM as monthly tests as well as
 those  conducted as part  of Halstead's Toxicity
 Reduction Evaluation. It has been the practice of the
 NCDEM to implement a chronic static bioassay after
 a  discharger meets its acute  static  LCso goal. By
 utilizing  Cerioduphnia for all future acute static
 bioassay testing, differences in species sensitivity to
 toxicants  could  be  avoided as  the  chronic static
 bioassay is  incorporated  as an effluent monitoring
 tool.

 In summary,  Phase  I influent  and  effluent
 Ceriodctphnia 4&-hour acute static bioassay data
 indicated consistent  levels  of toxicity at  both
 wastestream  point sources  during the  3 weeks  of
 testing.  Chemical data indicated:

 1.   Total copper effluent levels were high enough to
    account  for the mortality observed in acute static
    bioassays.

 2.  Effluent  zinc levels were high  enough to be
    contributing to effluent toxicity.

 3.   Solids in the aeration basin were contributing to
    effluent copper and zinc  levels.

 4.   Copper levels in water  from Well #& were high
    enough to be acutely toxic.

 5.  Influent levels of  surfactants, oils and  greases,
    and other organics measured  as COD,  were
    adequately  treated  so  that  effluent
    concentrations were not considered  significant
    contributors of toxicity.

 Based  on results of the Phase I study,  a  Toxicity
 Reduction  method evaluation was initiated in
 February  1987.  The  primary goal was  the
 experimental reduction/removal of effluent copper to
 non-toxic levels through laboratory-scale application
of industrial metal reduction technologies. Success of
 metal reduction treatments was gauged by the extent
 to  which treated effluent samples met the  48-hour
 acute static LCso goal of 90 percent or better. Another
 goal of this  work was the confirmation and  further
identification  of effluent  toxicants  through  the
application   of  the  newly  drafted  EPA Toxicity
 Characterization bioassays  (Mount  and Anderson-
 Carnahan  1988).

Three metal reduction experiments were conducted,
with the design  of Experiments 2  and  3 based on
results of the previous experiment.  Experiment  1
consisted of  metal reduction through  application  of
lime, 50 percent liquid caustic, two cationic polymers,
and combinations thereof. Experiment 2 expanded on
Experiment  1 which  indicated that lime-treated
effluent aliquots had the greatest copper reduction.
Lime addition also represented the least expensive
and easiest of the metal reduction treatments with
post-treatment  bioassays.  Each experiment was
conducted  during  consecutive months so that data
from  regular  monthly bioassay  and  copper
determinations (zinc measurements were added in
May  1987) could  be  applied as  Experiment
pretreatment baseline data.


Metal  and  Toxicity  Reduction  Experiments
Data from Experiment  1 indicated that the best
reduction of effluent  total copper was obtained by the
addition of lime to a pH level of 12.0, resulting in a
treated effluent copper concentration of 0.05 mg/L. In
Experiment 2,  post-treatment total recoverable
copper levels of 0.04 mg/L for the pH 12 treatment
and 0.14  mg/L for the  pH 11 treatment were
measured  and in Experiment  3, concentrations of
0.12 and 0.04 mg/L  measured for pH treatments 10
and 12, respectively.  These values closely approached
reported 48-hour acute static copper LCsg values of
0.017 mg/L for Ceriodaphnia  and  0.053 mg/L  for
Daphnia pulex (U.S. EPA 1985). When compared to
aquatic toxicity literature values, the lowest of the
Experiment  1 and  2  post-treatment  copper levels
equaled or surpassed reported LCso concentrations.
Results of Experiment 3 post-treatment toxicity tests
indicated,  however,  that effluent values of > 90.0
percent  could be  obtained  despite  post-treatment
total copper levels  of 0.04  and 0.12  mg/L. (Post-
neutralization sulfate concentrations of 73.0 and
289.0 mg/L after pH adjustment were much lower
than the 48-hour acute static LCso concentration of
1,637.6 mg/L obtained for D. pulex during  BRI  in-
house  studies.) This  apparent contradiction brings to
focus two points regarding the contribution of copper
(as  well as zinc  and other low-level metals) to
Halstead's  effluent toxicity.

First, it is  not clearly understood what portion of an
effluent metal concentration  is  biologically available
to an aquatic organism and consequently capable of
producing toxic affects.  It is apparent from the results
of Experiment 3 that not all of the copper present in
the treated effluent  samples was bioavailable
because  literature-cited toxic  concentrations  were
measured  in effluent which  passed  the acute static
test. Further confirmation  of  this  phenomenon  is
evidenced by the bioassay conducted on the March 25
effluent  composite.  An LCso of > 90.0 percent was
obtained on effluent with total  recoverable copper
concentration of 0.57  mg/L.  Recently drafted EPA
Toxicity Characterization procedures assisted in
answering  the question  regarding  bioavailability of
toxicants  such  as  metals  to  aquatic  organisms.
(Results of Characterization toxicity tests conducted
on Halstead's effluent  are discussed below.) Another
factor  hindering accurate correlation of metal levels
and toxicity is  the methodology  by which metal
                                                 A-29

-------
concentrations  are  routinely  measured. NPDES
permitees are required to measure effluent metals as
'total recoverable' concentrations, the same method
applied by BRI  during Halstead's TRE. In its most
recent criteria documentation, the EPA suggests that
effluent metals  measured  as  'acid  soluble'
concentrations provide  a better indication  of the
amount of  a metal  which  is potentially toxic  to
aquatic organisms (U.S. EPA 1985).

BRI conducted both 'total  recoverable'  and  'acid
soluble' copper and zinc determinations on Halstead's
June 1987 effluent composite to see if there was a
measurable difference  between  detection methods.
Data  indicated  little  difference  in copper
concentrations between methods, with values of 0.85
mg/L 'total  recoverable'  copper  and 0.89 mg/L 'acid
soluble' copper measured.  Zinc  levels, on  the other
hand, were  substantially different, with 0.246 mg/L
'total recoverable' versus  0.169  mg/L 'acid soluble'
concentrations measured. As with any experimental
procedure,  a  single  set of  data  is  inadequate for
drawing firm  conclusions but this single comparison
of metal determination of  methodology  suggested
differences in  effluent metal bioavailability.

The  North Carolina freshwater standards for  copper
and  zinc are  0.015 and 0.050 mg/L, respectively.
Based on measurements of copper in lime-treated
effluents from laboratory and field samples, the 0.015
mg/L  standard  would not be met under 7Q10
conditions even  though  acute static LCso values of
>90.0 percent were  measured.  These  metal
standards are considered Action Levels, however, and
can  be  waived if it is demonstrated that  instream
levels are not toxic to  aquatic life.
Field Application  of  Laboratory  Procedures
The use of lime as a means by which metal levels can
be lowered with  a subsequent reduction in effluent
toxicity was demonstrated  in the laboratory.  An
application of the same  chemical technique  was
demonstrated in March 1987 during a routine WWTP
operation. On March 6,100 pounds of lime was added
to the WWTP  aeration basin  and clarifier,  and on
March  11 solids were pumped from  the basin.
Another 50 pounds was added to the aeration basin
and clarifier  on March 12. At month's end,  the  24-
hour composite effluent  sample collected  for
Halstead's monthly acute  bioassay  had an LCso of
>90.0 percent  (Figure A5-la).  The following month,
an  LCso value of 73.4 percent was obtained  for
effluent collected over a 24-hour period beginning
April 7.  These  dramatic reductions  in  effluent
toxicity were  obtained  despite  effluent total
recoverable copper concentrations of 0.57  and 0.16
mg/L (Figure A5-lb).
 O
    30-r
    20- •
    10'
                                         >00.0%
                                           73.4%
         I   I  I   I  I   I  I   I  I'M  I   I  I   I  I   I
       3/86
                    8/86
                          Date
1/87
                                             6/87
Figure AS-1 a. 48-hour daphnid acute static bioassay history,
           Halstead Metal Products.
   0.0
         4/86
                         Date
                                1/87
                                           6/87
Figure AS-1  b. Total recoverable  copper concentrations,
           corresponding composite effluents.
Toxicity  Characterization  Procedures
Results of timed-lethality procedures confirmed the
contribution of metals and an oxidant to Halstead's
effluent  toxicity.  ETso  values of <48.0 hours
obtained during the chelation procedure indicate that
metals in the effluent complexed with EDTA to form
non-toxic  compounds that  were  not biologically
available  to test organisms. ETso values during the
air-stripping and solid phase extraction procedures
(Mount  and  Anderson-Carnahan  1988)  for
treatments basified  by the  addition  of sodium
hydroxide also showed significant  reductions in
toxicity. The addition of sodium hydroxide to pHs of
11 and 9 during the  air-stripping  and solid phase
extraction  procedures,  respectively,  undoubtedly
caused the formation of copper hydroxide salts which
were not available to the Ceriodaphnia.ETsQS of 23.7
and   19.8  hours   obtained  during  the
oxidation/reduction procedure (Mount and Anderson-
Carnahan  1988) indicated that an oxidizing agent
was a significant contributor to  the toxicity of the
tested effluent. The  minimal  chemical  usage at
Halstead pointed to chlorine as the likely oxidant.
Effluent chemistry data indicated that 0.32 mg/L
                                                 A-30

-------
residual chlorine was present in wastewater used in
the Characterization tests,  a concentration several
times greater than the reported 48-hour acute static
LCso of 0.028 mg/L and a chronic concentration of
0.007 mg/L for D.magna (5).


Beginning in February 1987, the NCDEM required
that effluent samples for aquatic bioassay  testing be
collected  after points  of  chlorination  and  that
dechlorination not be conducted prior to toxicity test
set-ups. Effluent residual chlorine levels  since the
change in collection points have been high  enough to
account for  mortalities in acute static toxicity tests. It
should be noted that effluent LCsos were similarly
low when composites  were  collected  prior to
chlorination;  that is, before February  1987 (Figure
A5-la). Similarly, WWTP influent was identified to
be equally toxic during the Phase I study.
Receiving Stream  Effluent  Concentrations

Based on effluent values for the current year,
projected 7Q10 concentrations of total recoverable
copper and residual chlorine in Halstead's effluent
surpass toxicity limits reported in the scientific
literature. Though it has been demonstrated that
reported  copper criteria  limits do not necessarily
correlate with LCso and copper values obtained in
this TRE, literature values can serve as valuable
guidelines in the removal/reduction of effluent
contaminants.
 1. More frequent solids wasting  in  the  WWTP
    aeration basin should be practiced.


2.  Halstead's WWTP  should  be modified  to
    incorporate a metal reduction  treatment system.
    The use of industrial grade lime appears to be a
    practical and inexpensive approach.

3.  Effluent  residual  chlorine  levels  should be
    reduced below current levels either by additional
    aeration, cascading or chemical treatment.


It was  BRI's opinion  that minor engineering
modifications to  Halstead's present WWTP facility
would accomplish the effluent metal and chlorine
reduction needed to produce a wastestream that is
neither acutely  nor chronically toxic to receiving
stream organisms.

Follow-Up and  Confirmation

Halstead Metal Products is presently conferring with
a  civil  and  environmental  engineering firm  to
address  TRE study  findings and recommendations.

References

APHA.  Standard  Methods for  the  Examination of
   Water and Wastewater.  16th Edition,  American
   Public  Health  Association,  Washington, DC
   (1985).
Conclusions and Recommendations for
Toxicity  Reduction

Data collected during Halstead's Toxicity Reduction
Evaluation confirmed copper  as the  primary
compound responsible for effluent toxicity, and zinc
and chlorine  as secondary contributors. Results of
acute  static toxicity tests   and  Toxicity
Characterization procedures indicated that effluent
toxicity was reduced when these compounds were
complexed or  removed through chemical treatment.
Furthermore, data indicated that the LCso g°al °f
90.0 percent or better could be met even though
effluent total recoverable copper and  residual
chlorine  concentrations exceeded  aquatic toxicity
criteria. The following recommendations were
submitted to Halstead for consideration:
Mount, D. I. and L. Anderson-Carnahan."  Methods
  for Toxicity Reduction Evaluations: Phase I -
  Toxicity Characterization Procedures." Second
  Draft June 1988.


Peltier, W. H. and C. I.  Weber. Methods  for
  Measuring  the Acute Toxicity  of Effluents'  to
  Freshwater and Marine Organisms. 3rd Edition,
  EPA-600/4-87/013, Environmental  Monitoring
  and Support Laboratory, U. S. Environmental
  Protection Agency,  Cincinnati, OH., March 1985.


U  S. Environmental Protection Agency. Ambient
  Water  Quality Criteria for  Copper - 1984. EPA-
  440/5-84/027, Environmental Protection Agency,
  Criteria and Standards Division, Washington, DC,
  January 1985.
                                              A-31

-------
                                             Section A-6
           Case History:  Texas Instruments Facility in Attleboro,  Massachusetts
Introduction

In 1982, when  Texas Instruments' (TI)  Attleboro,
Massachusetts  facility  submitted  a renewal
application for  its National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES) permit, water quality
criteria were used to determine permit limits. The
draft NPDES permit,  issued to TI in 1984, reflected
these water quality-based permit limits.

The  Attleboro facility was unable to meet the new
limits  with  existing technology. After much
deliberation, TI chose to conduct a toxicity reduction
evaluation  (TRE) using  aquatic toxicity  testing to
determine source of toxicity, and identify a means to
reduce the source. The following sections document
the work of the  TRE. The TRE identified insoluble
sulfide precipitation as the method for  treatment of
TI's  effluents to  achieve acceptable  levels  of aquatic
toxicity in the facilities' surface water outfall.
Initial  Data and Information Acquisition

Initially, Springborn Bionomics Inc., a consultant to
TI,  inspected the wastestreams  and identified six
sampling sites for acute toxicity studies to evaluate
the effect of TI's  direct discharges to surface receiving
waters (Figure A6-1). There were three ouffalls (003,
004, 005) which  carried process water flows from TI
to Coopers Pond via a brook. After examining the
effluent from these outfalls, it was apparent that the
major contribution to toxicity in the receiving stream
was outfall 003.  Most of the work focused on outfall
003  because the  runoff from  the metal  finishing
processes were discharged into outfall 003. The other
outfalls received boiler blowdown,  storm  water
runoff, which had nothing to do  with the product.
Dissolved metals appeared to be  the major cause of
the  observed toxicity.  Table A6-1  summarizes
toxicity results from the various sampling locations.

Studies conducted at outfall 003  indicated that the
seven consecutive day flow with a recurrence interval
of 10 years (7Q10) was approximately 0.15 cubic feet
per  second (cfs)  or 0.0042  cubic  meters per second
(cms) while  the  thirty-day average  flow with  a
recurrence interval of 2 years (30Q2) was estimated
to be .45 cfs or 0.013 cms.  EPA Region  I  required
these historic low flows to be used in conjunction with
the sensitive species criteria to assess the impacts of
discharges on surface  waters.

TI's process and cooling  water flows were estimated
to contribute 93 percent of the stream flow during
acute toxicity conditions (periods of 7Q10  flow and
maximum plant flow) and 73 percent of the total flow
during chronic toxicity conditions (periods  of  30Q2
flow and average plant flow).

Toxicity Identification  Evaluation  (TIE)

Eff luent Toxicity
Two  studies  conducted  on  Daphnia pulex by
Springborn Bionomics Inc. indicated that the process
water discharge from 003 exhibited No Observed
Acute Effect Levels (NOAEL) of 5.6 and 14 percent
effluent.  Similar  studies conducted on  fathead
minnows yielded NOAELs of 56 and 100 percent
effluent. These  results indicated that D. pulex was
the most sensitive species and that  based upon this
species,  effluent from 003 was  toxic and subject to
reduction.

Because the final effluent exhibited high  acute
toxicity to D. pulex TI decided  to conduct  a second
round of toxicity testing using acute toxicity testing
and instream evaluation with D. pulex and chronic
toxicity testing with  ceriodaphnia affinis/dubia.  D.
pulex was  the test  species  of choice because  it
exhibited a  greater degree of sensitivity in  the first
round of testing. The second  round  of testing
confirmed the  acute  toxicity in  the  effluent  from
outfall 003.


Characterization of the Eff luent

Enviro-Systems, another  TI consultant, and TI's
MAPA  Lab carried  out  similar analysis of the
effluent  based  on  EPA's  guidelines. Metals  were
suspected to be a cause of toxicity in the effluent, and
a  correlation  between  metals  and toxicity was
established. Analyses for  metals were  conducted
using  Atomic  Absorption  Spectrometry and
Spectrophotometry,  and  using inductivity  coupled
                                                 A-33

-------
         Outfall  Location
Figure A6-1. Texas Instruments Attleboro outfall locations.
Table A6-1.  Range of Daphnia pulex LCSO's and NOAEL*


Sample Location
a. Outfall 003
b. Outfall 005
c. Cooling Tower Slowdown
d. Unnamed Brood down-stream
Range of
LCSO's
(% Effluent)
0.1-2.5
35
41
1 .69-5
Range of
NOAEL
(% Effluent)
0.1-1
25
i
1.1-1
   of outfall 003 and 004
   discharge
e. Coopers Pond Influent
f. Coopers Pond Outfall under
railroad embankment
1.91
1 .55-1 00
1
1 .0-100
* Table taken from Veale and Elliot (1987)
plasma spectrometry.  The  team  correlated  the
concentration of various parameters to acute LCgo,
acute NOAEL, and chronic NOAEL. In order to
illustrate this correlation, acute bioassays were
conducted  using D. pulex and chronic bioassays were
conducted using  C. affinisldubia  under  stable
laboratory conditions. Five sets of effluent samples
were analyzed  to  determine  acute LC$o, acute
NOAEL and chronic NOAEL and the corresponding
metal concentrations in each of the five sets were
determined. Results from these tests  are summarized
in Table A6-2.

The 48 hr. LCso values for D. pulex ranged from 73.29
percent to 100 percent, while acute NOAELs ranged
from 50 percent to  100 percent. The results of the
chronic toxicity studies revealed no effect from  the
effluent on  production  of neonates  by adult
Ceriodaphnia  (which  survive  the  test),   at
                                               A-34

-------
Table A6-2.  Summary of Results From Representative Acute and
           Toxicity Reduction Evaluation, August 1985
                                                       Chronic Effluent Toxicity Tests, Texas Instruments
Test Series
Parameter
Acute LC50"*
Acute NOAEL"
Chronic NOAEL""
Hardness (mg/L)
Alkalinity (mg/L)
Ammonia (mg/L)
Residual Cl (mg/L)
pH (S.U.)
Ag (mg/L)
Al (mg/L)
Cd (mg/L)
Cr (total) (mg/L)
Cu (mg/L)
Fe (mg/L)
Ni (mg/L)
Pb (mg/L)
Se (mg/L)
Sn (mg/L)
Zn (mg/L)
Cr ( + 6) (mg/L)
CN (mg/L)
F (mg/L)
P (mg/L)
Pd (mg/L)
B (mg/L)
" Table taken from Veale and
** Acute test species was
*** Chronic test species was
1
100%
100%
12. 5%
76
81
0.01
0
7.66
0.005
0.52
0.004
0.0005
0.009
0.064
0.12
0.001
.01
0.01
0.008
0.0005
0.06
4.7
0.69
0.005
0.6
Elliot (1987)
Daphnia pu/ex
Ceriodaphnia
II
73.29%
60%
6.25%
0
73
0.02
0
1 1.12
0.068
0.12
0.006
0.020
0.046
0.098
0.25
0.001
0.01
0.01
0.013
0.020
0.07
5.4
1.2
0.005
0.58
affinisldubia
III
100%
50%
20%
48
56
0.01
0
7.80
0.025
0.52
0.006
0.035
0.041
0.23
0.20
0.043
0.01
0.045
0.028
0.035
0.21
1.8
1.8
0.005
0.5

IV
100%
100%
60%
51
71
0.7
0
7.94
0.0008
0.71
0.002
0.0005
0.014
0.29
0.12
0.002
0.01
0.01
0.004
0.0005
0.09
I.I
I.I
0.005
0.5

V
100%
100%
80%
66
74
0.9
Q
7.70
0.0005
0.32
0.008
0.0005
0.005
0.055
0.09
0.023
0.01
0.01
0.005
0.0005
0.06
I.I
0.48
0.005
0.27

concentrations from 6.25 to 80 percent effluent. No
direct correlation between any single compound and
effluent toxicity could be found. However, when
silver,  copper and lead levels were simultaneously
low, there was a correlating reduction in toxicity
even when the levels of other metals were high.

Toxicity Reduction Approaches

To  reach the goal of no toxic materials in toxic
amounts, TI elected to evaluate advanced  treatment
technologies to determine if acceptable effluent
quality could be attained. Selected  state-of-the-art
technologies  which  were  tested  included the
following:
                                                 •   Insoluble (iron) sulfide precipitation process.

                                                 •  Membrane microfiltration.

                                                 •   Chelating resin ion exchange.

                                                 •  Soluble   (sodium)  sulfide  precipitation  and
                                                     filtration.

                                                 The  treatment  evaluation program required several
                                                 months of data  collection,  from June through
                                                 October, 1985. As  noted previously, effluent samples
                                                 from each pilot unit were subjected to toxicity testing,
                                                 in addition to analyses, for the constituents listed in
                                                A-35

-------
the new discharge permit. This in-depth testing, data
collection and  data analyses eventually determined:

•   The feasibility of advanced treatment to produce
    an effluent meeting the TRE  objective.

•   Estimations of full-scale chemical consumption
    rates and chemical costs.

•   Operational and  maintenance  advantages and
    disadvantages of each process.

•   Process turndown capabilities  and operational
    flexibility.

•   Full-scale  design   parameters.

For this specific project, the pilot testing favored the
selection of the insoluble sulfide  precipitation process
for advanced treatment and polishing of the effluent
from TI's existing hydroxide precipitation  treatment
system.
Pilot  Testing

In order to establish baseline toxicity, design and
operating data for the advanced treatment processes
required  to  meet TI's  new permit limits,  a
comprehensive pilot testing program was developed.
During this pilot testing program, a series of acute
and  chronic toxicity tests were  conducted using
treated effluent from the pilot units.
Conclusions,  Comments,  and
Recommendations

In May 1985, TI contracted with United Engineers
and  Constructors  Inc. (UE&C)  of Boston for the
design upgrade of the existing industrial wastewater
treatment  system for their  Attleboro facility.
Improvements to the existing wastewater treatment
system  were  to  include advanced  treatment
technologies.

UE&C developed a cost-effective application of an
Insoluble  Sulfide Precipitation  Process  during the
pilot studies. This method was successful in meeting
the discharge limits and the toxicity requirements in
the NPDES permit. This new unit has not yet been
put into normal operation at the TI plant.
References

Bazza,  R.V.,  C.M. Kelleeher,  and  M. B.  Yeligar.
  "Metal and  Finishing Wastewater Treatment
  Upgrade  with  Insoluble Sulfide  Precipitation
  Process,"  Paper presented at  Eighth Conference
  Pollution  Control  for the  Metal Finishing
  Industry,  San Diego, CA, Feb. 9-11,1987.

Veale, F.I.,  and M.  J.  Elliot.  "Meeting the Water
  Quality  Criteria for  the  Metal Finishing
  Industries." Environmental Progress,  6(2), May
  1987.
                                                 A-36

-------
                                          Section A-7
                                Case History: Chemical  Plant I
Introduction

This case study presents information and data
gathered during  a toxicity reduction evaluation
conducted in 1985 and 1986. The facility under study
is located in an eastern coastal state with discharge
to the  Atlantic Ocean.  The  investigation  was
performed by  AWARE  Incorporated. A permit
effective July 1, 1985 required the plant to conduct
toxicity tests on Mysidopsis  bahia, a saltwater
shrimp, to comply with a 96 hr LCso value > 50
percent effluent  toxicity  limit.  This  permit
requirement was to be attained in no more than three
years from the effective date of the permit, with
interim improvement levels specified as well. The
permit also required that the  TRE  identify
technologies capable of attaining the interim and
final toxicity limits  within one year (July 1986).
Quarterly reports on the technological progress to
reduce toxicity were also required.
Initial Data and Information Acquisition

Products  manufactured at the facility  included
organic dyes and intermediates,  epoxy resins, and
fine chemicals used for textile, paper and plastic
industries.  Figures A7-1 shows a process flow
diagram for the waste treatment system. As of June
1985,  the biologically treated wastewater at the plant
was highly toxic to M. bahia (LCso = 5 percent).
Toxicity Identification Evaluation (TIE)

Toxicity Screening

Ammonia

Ammonia was suspected as a causative agent due to
levels of 20 to 30 mg/L  in  the  treated  effluent.
Ammonia  stripping was tested to determine  if
ammonia could be the major cause  of the toxicity.

Biodegradability

Extended  aeration biodegradation testing was
performed with a seven day retention time following
activated  sludge  treatment.  A  non-biodegradable
fraction of 70 mg/L remained and no significant
reduction in toxicity was observed.  However, this
method succeeded in removing the chloro-compounds
revealed during the GC/MS analysis.

Priority Pollutants

Methylene chloride and methyl isobutylketone were
used in extraction tests to determine whether organic
priority pollutants in the effluent were causing the
toxicity. Both tests failed to achieve the objective of
eliminating toxicity.

Metals

In order to determine the role metals were playing in
the effluent toxicity, precipitation/filtration tests
were performed using sulfide,  hydroxide,  and  alum.
Metals removal resulted in insignificant toxicity
reduction.

Non-biodegradable/non-polar  Organics

In order to determine the  significance of non-
biodegradable, non-polar organics, the biologically
treated effluent  was exposed to further, complete
biological treatment followed by contacting with
pulverized activated carbon. This resulted in  nearly
complete removal  of TOC and toxicity.

GC/MS Analysis

GC/MS analysis revealed that benzanthracene, a
large multiple-ring aromatic compound was the most
probable potential toxicant. However, there was no
known source of the compound within the plant. This
compound was detected in the final effluent sample
which had the lowest LCso value. Other potentially
toxic compounds which  were occasionally  detected
included chloroform, tetrachloroethylene,  1,1,1-
trichloroethane,  napthalene,  dibutylphthalate  and
azo compounds.  However, all of these compounds
were found in both non-toxic and toxic samples in
similar concentrations.

Toxicity  Characterization  and Source
Went/ficat/o/i

A preliminary  screening  program investigated
sources of toxicity from seven areas in the plant.
                                               A-37

-------
         Equalization
           Basins
Neutralization       Clarifier         Aeration        Secondary
                                Basin          Clarifier
                                        Lime
                           Gravity
                          Thickener
                 Aerobic
                 Digester
 Gravity      Sludge
Thickener     Holding
Filter
Press
    Figure A7-1. Waste treatment plant process flow diagram.

Relative toxicity of suspected organic and inorganic
compounds were determined and an initial data base
on end-of-pipe toxicity reduction was developed.
Samples  of the effluents  from each of the seven
production units were collected and analyzed before
and  after passing through the existing treatment
system in order to determine the relative toxicity of
suspected organic and inorganic compounds. Based
on 48 hour LCso tests, it  was observed that the
effluent from every production unit was toxic because
the sample failed to produce an LCso value > 50
percent for the effluent when diluted to the level
found in the discharge.
                     evaluation, wastestreams were placed into one of four
                     separate wastestream classes, as described below.
                      Class  A  wastestreams are toxic  and non-
                      biodegradable. These may require treatment at the
                      source to reduce toxicity. Class B wastestreams are
                      toxic and biodegradable, and can normally be treated
                      with conventional treatment  processes. Class  C
                      wastestreams are non-toxic,  but may contribute  to
                      final effluent toxicity  through  synergism  and inplant
                      reaction. Class D wastestreams are non-toxic and are
                      unlikely to contribute  to  toxicity  in the final
                      wastestream.
Source Classification

Studies  were begun to classify and  identify
wastewaters which proved toxic to M. bahia. This
study was  aimed at identifying  those wastestreams
which had  the highest  probability of causing toxicity
to M. bahia, after passing through the biological
treatment.  The rate of  biodegradation and biotoxicity
(to M. bahia) for each wastestream  was determined
using the Fed Batch Reactor test method (Watkin
1986).

Classification of the wastestreams was done in terms
of relative biodegradation rates and potential  for
causing  toxicity  to M. buhiu. Based  upon the
                     Table A7-1 summarizes typical classification results
                     from the  grading of the  wastestreams for selected
                     wastestreams.
                     In total, 126 wastestreams were classified, of which
                      14 wastestreams fell in  Category  Class A,  24
                     wastestreams  fell  in  Category Class  B,  29
                     wastestreams fell in Category Class C, while 54
                     wastestreams were classified as Class D. Based upon
                     those results, source reduction or treatment projects
                     were defined for Class A and B streams (Table A7-2).
                     The results of these  projects  are  summarized in a
                     later section.
                                                A-38

-------
Table A7-1. Typical Classification Results of Wastewater Sources
Biological Treatability Bioassay Toxicity
Q Max 48 hr LC50a
(mg TOC/gm-hr) (TOC, mg/L)
Class A Wastestreams (nondegradable
with suspected toxicity)
A
B
C
D
Class B Wastestreams (biodegradable
with suspected toxicity)
E
F
G
H


<1
<1
<1
<1


22.4
30.0
7.9
5.5


<8
0.5
16
2.4


16
14
26
7.2
Maximum Plant
Loading6
(TOC, mg/L)


i
0.4
5.5
1.7


4
8
10
3.1
           Class C Wastestreams (unlikely to induce
           toxicity)
1
J
K

26.5
5.3
5.4
14.1
104
319
111
375
14
36
11.7
56
          a Mysidopsis bahia
          b Contribution of the source to the combined effluent expressed in mg source TOC per liter combined effluent.
Source of Toxicity

A  distinct relationship  existed between the  total
organic carbon (TOC) and toxicity before and  after
biological and carbon treatment.  However,  no
correlation was detected between the influent  TOC
and the  effluent toxicity level.  Data strongly
indicated that non-biodegradable  organic material
was the source of toxicity in the effluent.
Toxicity Reduction Approaches

Source Reduction
This program was aimed at eliminating or reducing
the discharge of raw materials, metals, inorganic and
organic compounds.  Waste profiles were established
for  each of the production  units. This included process
water description sheets and material balance sheets
accounting  for  approximately  90  percent  of
production volume.  This proved to be an excellent
tool  for  wasteload  reduction  and  process
improvement.  The discharge  of certain toxic
materials was reduced, if not eliminated, with the aid
of process modification. In  addition, the  following
treatment technologies were examined.


Metal Precipitation
Metal  concentrations were significantly lowered in
some  Wastestreams  by  carrying  out  metal
precipitation at the source.

Reverse  Osmosis
This technology proved to be partially effective in
reducing toxicity and TOC  in waste liquor discharged
        Table A7-2.  Treatability and Toxicity Factors from Identified Wastestreams
Production Units
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Beodegradabiiity
Negligible
High
Negligible
Very High
High
High
Very High
Organic Removal
Low
Low
High
High
Very High
Very High
Very High
BOD Removal
Negligible
Moderate
Moderate
High
High
High
High
Responsible
Toxicants
	
Organic Compounds
Copper and
Chromium
	
	
Copper
	
                                                  A-39

-------
from  some production  units. However,  there were
several drawbacks associated with  reverse osmosis
technology. Some of the problems included disposal of
the concentrate,  limitation of available  membranes
and formation of a heavy,  tarry  material  due to
caustic soda addition during  neutralization.
Peroxide  Treatment
This method gave mixed results. Although it needs to
be  studied  further,  no attempt to  investigate this
technology was made until  November  1986.
Carbon  Adsorption

Based on the identification of Class A streams in the
classification  system  described  previously, carbon
pretreatment  tests on Class A wastestreams were
completed by  September 1985. Activated carbon
(adsorption)  dosages as  high  as 200,000 mg/L were
required to reduce TOG to  acceptable  levels.  The
carbon dosage required to obtain an LCso value of 50
percent or greater effluent in a batch reactor ranged
from  10,000  to 50,000 mg/L.  Investigations  were
performed  on  12  Class  A streams  and  significant
reduction in effluent toxicity by carbon contact was
observed.
Wet Air Oxidation
Wet air oxidation  also  was examined. Significant
reductions in toxicity improved biodegradability and
a 98 percent TOG  removal were  observed in  some
waste  streams.  A 40 fold  improvement  in
biodegradability was observed in some cases.
Powdered  Activated  Carbon  Treatment (PACT)
Based on  bench,  pilot  and  full  scale  end-of-pipe
treatment studies, it was determined that the PACT
technology  was  a  technically  and  economically
feasible alternative. A carbon dosage of 100 mg/.L was
required (in the  bench-scale  units) to consistently
meet an interim toxicity requirement (LCso value S
20 percent effluent) while a dosage of 250 mg/L was
necessary  to comply  with the  final  toxicity
requirement  (LCso value S  50 percent effluent).
Bench scale results  also  indicated that a  carbon
dosage of up  to 500  mg/L may be  required under
certain extreme influent conditions.

Winter conditions did not significantly affect  toxicity
reduction performance, but did decrease the  organic
removal efficiency.

The  effect of hydraulic retention time (HRT) did not
seem to impact treatment performance significantly.
The system was operated  at HRT's of 2.1 days  and  1.1
days  during optimization  studies  to  evaluate the
effect  of operating only  one of the two existing
aeration  basins.

The investigation  demonstrated  the success of
flocculent addition to remove color, and the success of
PAG  addition  to  remove  metals, chromium  in
particular.

The toxicity reduction potential of the system seemed
to be  impaired when operated  at  solids retention
times of 15 days or less. Solids retention times (SRT)
of between 30  days  and 50 days achieved optimum
toxicity reduction. Operating  the system at an SRT
outside this  range was found to increase effluent
toxicity.  Addition of ferrous ion to the  activated
sludge  reactor was not  found  to  reduce  toxicity.
Regeneration of powdered activated carbon was  not
found  to be attractive  due  to  loss of adsorptive
capacity  and loss of carbon in the process.  For
equivalent results  approximately  twice  as much
regenerated carbon was required than virgin carbon,
Carbon losses of 20 to 25 percent were experienced in
the regeneration process  under  conditions  required
for  good quality carbon.


Granular  Activated Carbon (GAC)  Adsorption
Initially, carbon isotherms were  constructed on four
alternate carbons: Calgon  F-300, Calgon F-400,  ICI
HD-3000 and ICI  HD-4000.  Calgon  F-300 was
selected  for the GAC column operation based upon
much  superior toxicity reduction  in the isotherm
testing.

Initial  column studies (up  to  September  1985)
indicated that GAC was  very effective in toxicity
reduction  and in  removing  soluble  organic
compounds  from the wastewater,  particularly  the
high molecular weight and  non-polar compounds.
Moderately high adsorption capacities were observed
from the operation of three GAC columns in series
utilizing an LCso of 50 percent as the breakthrough
criterion. Carbon usage rates were found to be within
acceptable ranges (1 gram carbon per 0.09 to 0.12 g
TOG removed). Thermal regeneration of Calgon F-
300 did not appreciably alter its effectiveness.


Ozonation
Ozonation of the secondary effluent was also studied
during  the  end-of-pipe treatment  evaluation.  It
initially  demonstrated   some  effectiveness  but
additional testing revealed that it  was not as effective
in reducing  toxicity as other methods  examined.
Therefore, ozonation was  abandoned as  a feasible
treatment alternative.


Basis for Selection of Method
Based  on success with bench,  pilot and  full-scale
studies, conversion of the  existing biological system
                                                 A-40

-------
to PACT  using virgin  carbon  was  the  system of
choice. The selection criteria  of most significance
were  in the  cases of installation, performance
flexibility, and cost.

Follow-Up and Confirmation

Source reduction, source treatment  and treatment
system optimization efforts were completed between
September 1984 and June 1986. The new treatment
modifications were designed  by June  1986  and
installed by November 1986. Follow-up  studies are
presently underway  at the facility.
Problems  Encountered

Although there  appeared to be  a relationship
between  residual TOG and toxicity after biological
and carbon treatment, it was not consistent from day
to day. Some days an LCso of 50 percent appeared to
correspond to a TOG of 20mg/L. Other days, it might
be 10 mg/L or 40 mg/L.

During  pilot plant  studies  for the PACT  and
biological treatment systems  it  was  observed  (in
carbon regeneration) that the best condition for TOG
removal was found to be the worst for carbon  losses.

Results of toxicity  testing  for 22 Class D  streams
following biological  treatment  indicated  that a
synergistic effect may have existed which resulted in
elevated  toxicity.
Recommencfof/ons,  Commenfs  and
Conclusions

As a result of conducting the TRE, the TOG loading
in the treatment plant discharge was reduced by 23
percent in 1985 as  compared to  1984.  This  was
largely  due to  source treatment methods,  process
modifications, wastestream treatment, and improved
housekeeping.  By  1985,  as many as  27 Class A
streams were treated, of which eight were treated at
the source; five  were precipitated to  eliminate copper
and  chromium  and 14 sulfide  containing streams
were air oxidized to  generate a less toxic effluent. The
discharge in  six wastestreams was   entirely
eliminated during the  same  time.

A PACT system  with a carbon dose  of 250  mg/L would
enable the company  to comply with all  discharge
criteria.

The final results of the TRE indicated that if wet air
regeneration of powdered carbon was used, the
dosage could  well increase  to as much as double the
virgin dose. Although ash accumulation is associated
with it, it is  believed it would be manageable, but
carbon loss would be excessive.
Reference
Watkin, A. Evaluation of Biological Rate Parameters
   and Inhibitory Effects in Activated Sludge. Ph.D.
   Thesis, Vanderbilt University (1986).
                                               A-41

-------
                                           Section A-8
                                Case History: Chemical Plant II
Introduction
Treatment alternatives to reduce the effluent toxicity
of a chemical manufacturing plant were investigated.
The facility was issued a new wastewater discharge
permit which included an effluent toxicity limit
based on toxicity tests with Mysidopsis  bahia
(mysids). An end-of-pipe 96 hour LCso value of 50
percent to be achieved within  3 years, was required
by the compliance schedule specified in the permit.
Initial Data and Information  Acquisition

The chemical manufacturing facility is involved in
the production  of surfactants (alkylphenol, alcohol
ethoxylates) and their derivatives and intermediates,
and synthetic organic compounds  such as aromatic
hydrocarbon bases and tetrahydrofuran (THF).
Effluent from the plant's process wastewater was a
complex mixture, including "fresh  water" discharges
from chemical reactors,  storage tanks, tank wagons,
a drumming station,  and  equipment  cleaning
operations; "saltwater" discharges  from  cooling
towers, fume scrubbing,  and  vacuum jets; and
sanitary wastewaters,   surface  runoff and
groundwater  (carrying  landfill leachate) also enter
the wastewater system.  Figure A8-1 depicts the plant
wastestream schematic and the influent sources to it.
Plant or Process Description

The Waste Water Treatment Facility (WWTF)
consisted  of  coarse  screening,  oil  skimming,
equalization,  neutralization,  activated  sludge
treatment and  chlorination (Figure  A8-1). The
system  was equipped with gravity thickening  and
pressure  filter  dewatering to enhance  sludge
handling.
Effluent Toxicity

The new permit required the WWTF to achieve an
end-of-pipe 96 hr, static, daily replacement LCso
value of 50 percent effluent  based on toxicity tests
with M. bahia (mysid shrimp). Data indicated  the
effluent 96 hr LCso was 3 percent. Influent toxicity
ranged from 2.1 to 3.1 percent.

Existing performance data was not conclusive on the
ability of the WWTF to reduce effluent toxicity.
Therefore a  toxicity  reduction evaluation was
conducted in three steps. System upgrade was
required to comply with the new permit limits.


Evaluation of Treatment  Process Optimization

Step one included the preliminary investigation and
was aimed at assessing the feasibility of using the
activated sludge process to reduce the toxicity of the
effluent.  Operating  procedures,  reseeding,  ultimate
toxicity reduction potential, and  influent wastewater
characterization were all examined.

The preliminary investigation indicated  that at
laboratory-scale,   activated sludge  system
significantly reduced the effluent toxicity to M.
buhiu. Effluent from two  reactors  (one seeded with
municipal seed and the other seeded with industrial
seeds) were tested. The source of the seed in the
municipal sludge  reactor was from  a local  POTW.
The source of the seed in the industrial sludge reactor
was from a sister-facility in another state. The period
of acclimatization for the seed ranged from 4 to 8
weeks.

Results of these tests indicated that the reactor
seeded with municipal sludge was in compliance with
the toxicity limit (50 percent effluent LC$Q value)
half the  time,  while the  reactor seeded with
industrial sludge did so only 25 percent of the time,
Variation  was attributed  to operational parameters
of the reactor and not the  seed characteristics.
Unsynchronized operation of the reactors, different
feed characteristics, and  higher effluent TSS were
among  the factors responsible for  these variations.

Attributes of the  two reactors are summarized in
Table AS-1. The average BODs removal efficiency for
the reactor seeded with  municipal sludge  was 88
percent while that seeded  with industrial sludge was
83 percent. The unit seeded with municipal sludge
exhibited 56 percent TOG removal efficiency,
                                               A-43

-------
Influent
 Waste •
 Water
                                                                   Polymer
                                                                                       Legend
                                                                                   -Forward  Flow
                                                                                   	Sludge  Flow
                                                                                   -Secondary  Flow
                  Sludge
                Dewatering
                  System
                            MC
                                                                                   •Chlorine
                                                                                  hlorination r-^ Effluent
                                                                                     , Solid Cake
                                                                                      to Disposal
 Figure A8-1. Wastewater flow and treatment schematic.

whereas the TOG removal efficiency for the unit
seeded with industrial sludge was 51 percent.
Table A8-1.  Comparison of Reactor Performance

                                 Municipal Industrial
                                  Sludge    Sludge
                                  Reactor    Reactor
BOD5 Removal Efficiency
TOC Removal Efficiency
Stable Mixed Liquor Volatile Suspended
Solids
Zone Settling Velocity
Oxygen Uptake Rates
88% 83%
56% 51%
2000 2000
mg/L mg/L
nftfhr isftfhr
15 mo/hr 15 mo/hr
Both the reactors exhibited stable mixed liquor
volatile suspended solids at a design concentration of
about 2000 mg/L with consistently good sludge
settling characteristics. The zone settling velocity for
the municipal  sludge reactor was 11 ft/hr while that
for the industrial sludge reactor was 15 ft/hr.
Consistent oxygen uptake rates (approximately 15
mg/hr) were observed for both the reactors.

From bench scale results it was concluded that plant
optimization may result  in near compliance with
toxicity  requirements. Based upon this, all efforts
were directed towards  making necessary
improvements  to the treatment plant and confirming
the bench scale results  in a pilot scale  system.
Unfortunately, the pilot scale  results deteriorated
over a three month period with no apparent change in
conventional parameters.

Toxicity Identification Evaluation (TIE)

The second step of the TRE was aimed at identifying
the specific causes for effluent toxicity,  investigating
the effectiveness  of end-of-pipe  treatment
alternatives, testing certain plant product groups for
their  biodegradability/toxicity reduction,  and
observing the effectiveness of several physical-
chemical processes to treat the plant's products. It
included onsite, pilot plant investigations during
which the activated sludge process was tested under  a
range  of organic loadings  and  hydraulic retention
times.

Laboratory tests were conducted to  determine
whether the activated sludge process could be used to
reduce toxicity in  segregated  (concentrated) process
wastewaters without inclusion of cooling waters,
boiler blowdowns or surface runoff. A secondary
objective  of this investigation was to assess the
impact of "rare"  wastewater  discharges on the
performance of the activated  sludge process.
Causative Agent Identification
During the second and third steps of the study, the
identification of effluent  components responsible for
the toxicity of the wastestream was  investigated.
Mysid toxicity tests were conducted with pilot plant
reactors continuously fed  from the equalization basin
effluent. The results did not indicate any correlation
between the plant production profile  and effluent
     values.
Results of paired LCsp tests indicated that toxicity
increased with organic loading and the lowering of
operating temperature.  Filtered effluent  samples
were less toxic than those  of the corresponding
unfiltered samples. Analysis of the effluent using
HPLC technology showed a positive correlation
between effluent toxicity and nonylphenol (NP)
concentration in the effluent.
                                                A-44

-------
Continuous flow reactors were fed with aliphatic
based compounds. Reactors  #1 and #3 had TOG
removal efficiencies of 89 percent and 86 percent
respectively. Reactors #2, #4, and #5, which were
fed  with  aromatic  based  products  achieved
approximately 80 percent TOG  removal efficiency.
However, reactor #6, which was fed with linear
nonylphenol ethoxylate (NPEO) had TOG removal
efficiency of only 74 percent. The results indicated
that reactors fed with NP exhibited higher toxicity
based on TOC removal  than other reactors.

A comprehensive analysis of the TOC,  NP and NPEO
and ammonium  (NH4-N)  concentrations  in the
effluent was  then conducted. It established a
correlation between  the  LCso  and  effluent
concentrations of NP and NPEO.

Batch test results from the end-of-pipe investigations
also established a positive  correlation between NPEO
concentrations and effluent  toxicity. An LCso value
of  100  percent  effluent  could  be  reached  at
concentrations of NPEO below 0.07 mg/L. Even
though NPEOs may not have been the sole cause of
toxicity in the effluent, they  were a good indicator of
the presence of a larger class  of toxic constituents.

Confirmation of Source or Agent

End-of-pipe and at-source treatment investigations
concluded  that NPEO  was the principle toxic
component in the WWTF effluent samples.

Treatability Evaluations

The last step of the toxicity reduction  evaluation was
carried out  to test  the effectiveness of proposed source
and end-of-pipe treatment systems at both bench- and
pilot-scale.  It was aimed at  screening the at-source
and end-of-pipe treatment  options. It included several
additional tasks which were aimed at evaluating
specific causes of effluent toxicity.

Based on the results of the plant studies during Steps
II  and III, it was determined that effluent from the
existing biological  treatment  unit could not meet the
levels proposed by the new permit. To comply with a
whole effluent toxicity limit of an LCso 2: 50 percent
effluent,  at-source  treatment  and end-of-pipe
treatment  options were  identified. These are
described below.
Source Treatment

This was a technically and an economically feasible
alternative.  It  involved  separation of  highly
concentrated,  low-flow process wastewaters from the
non-contact  cooling  water  and  some lightly
contaminated flows (fume scrubbings, vacuum jet
streams,   etc.).  Following pretreatment, the
wastewater was combined with other plant flows for
conventional treatment prior to discharge.

Seven individual products of the company were batch
treated  with activated carbon, activated  alumina,
alum,  Fuller's Earth and ion  exchange resin.
Activated  carbon was identified as  a feasible
alternative as it consistently eliminated 90 percent of
the seven products tested. The other treatment
methods failed to demonstrate  consistency in
reducing toxicity.


End-of-Pipe  Treatment

Various tertiary treatment processes were evaluated
which included adsorption using selective agents
(activated carbon,  Fuller's Earth,  activated  alumina
and ion exchange resin), alum treatment, and
chemical oxidation using hydrogen peroxide. The
feasibility  of operating the Powdered Activated
Carbon  Treatment (PACT) and Granular Activated
Carbon  (GAG) treatments were also assessed. The
PACT treatment was  very efficient (approximately
100 percent removal) in removing the NPEO at
dosages  of 200 mg/L. Treatment with alum, activated
alumina and ion exchange resin resulted in NPEO
removal just over 50% at dosages of 200 mg/L.

Activated carbon  treatment was  determined most
effective based upon removal of the toxicity causing
agents. The cost of  both the PACT and GAG
technologies were similar. However,  the PACT
process did  not require facility modification while the
GAG treatment process required another facility for
its operations. End-of-pipe treatment with alum was
not seriously considered because of the limited data
available on its capabilities.

Final  Comments, Recommendations and
Conclusions

This TRE proved to be of great benefit in identifying
the cause of the  effluent toxicity. The TRE also
helped identify the feasible treatment alternatives.
The end-of-pipe PACT treatment system was a viable
alternative  because it  achieved  effluent LCgo values
of a 50 percent effluent as required by the permit,
and could be  implemented without  facility
modification.

The biological source treatment was another
attractive option which appeared technically and
economically feasible.  End-of-pipe alum  treatment
and the use of GAG (following biological treatment)
were not viable processes to introduce due to limited
data and high capital and operating costs.

Pilot plant  (activated sludge) studies indicated that
addition of polymer to  the wastestream was effective
in controlling effluent suspended solids. The BODs
                                              A-45

-------
and the TOG in each of the 6 reactors were in
compliance  with  the new permit  limits. The
concentrations of phenol, surfactants (MBAS), oil and
grease also achieved permit limits.
                                             A-46

-------
                                             Section A-9
                               Case History: TRE of I.T.T. Effluent
 Introduction
 The  following is a  description of the  toxicity
 reduction  evaluation (TRE) conducted at the I.T.T.
 Rayonier  plant  (Mount  and  Anderson-Carnahan,
 1986). I.T.T. Rayonier, Inc., located on the Amelia
 River at Fernandina Beach, is  one of Florida's major
 industrial facilities.  Figure  A9-1 presents a
 schematic  diagram  of  the processes in  the I.T.T.
 Rayonier wastewater treatment system. In order to
 resolve outstanding NPDES permit issues associated
 with I.T.T.'s effluent discharge, and to implement a
 site-specific application  of EPA's  "Policy  for the
 Development of Water  Quality-based  Permit
 Limitations for Toxic Pollutants", a number of issues
 were studied  at  the   I.T.T.  plant.  Toxicity
 identification and reduction was an  important
 segment  of the  study.

 Initial Data  and  Information Acquisition

 Plant  Description

 The  I.T.T.  plant manufactures chemical  cellulose
 (pulp) from Southern  pine  by the sulfite  process.
 Effluent control  consists  of red liquor evaporation
 and  burning,  primary, and  secondary  treatment
 (standard in the industry).


Characteristics of Effluent
Wastewater characteristics of  the treated  effluent
during May 14-21,1986 are presented in Table A9-1.

Toxicity Identification Evaluation  (TIE)

A  preliminary  effluent  characterization  was
performed  with  effluent  samples  collected during
July 1985 and  March 1986. An on-site study of the
effluent using  two mobile  toxicity test laboratories
was performed during  May  13-26, 1986.


Data Collection and Methods
For  the  on-site  study,  grab  and  24-hour time
composited samples were collected from the aeration
lagoon near the point of discharge. Table A9-2 shows
a listing  of the samples. These samples were coded
 according to the date of collection (month/day) and
 the number of the  sample collected  that  day (I,  II,
 III,..). Phased testing  was  conducted  with the
 collected effluent.
 The physical and chemical properties of the effluent
 toxicant(s) were first isolated and characterized
 using  a  parallel  series  of  tests.  Each test was
 designed to remove or render biologically unavailable
 a specific  group of toxicants, such  as oxidants,
 organics, metals, etc.  Timed lethality tests  using
 Ceriodaphnia were performed  before and after the
 test treatment to indicate  the effectiveness of the test,
 and hence  the nature  of the toxicant(s). A series of
 blanks and controls were used with  each test to
 insure that no toxic artifacts had been created during
 sample  manipulation.   The  variability of  the
 compounds  causing  toxicity was assessed by
 repeating the toxicity characterization  test  series
 using samples collected over  a  period of time. Both
 the 48-hour LCso value and average time it took to
 cause 50 percent lethality in Cerioduphnia were used
 to measure  the relative toxicity  of the  baseline
 effluent.  Other tests employed  only timed lethality
 tests to assess the change in toxicity. Five toxicant
 characterization  tests were used  in parallel  during
 the study.

Filtration -  This  procedure is  used to indicate
whether toxicants  were  associated  with filterable
materials. Also, since the filtered  effluent was used
in another characterization test, it was necessary to
assess the effect of filtration on effluent toxicity.

Air-stripping - This is used to  characterize the
volatility and oxidizability of causative toxicants.  By
adjusting the pH of the effluent prior to stripping, the
acidic or basic nature of the toxic compounds can also
be assessed.

EDTA chelation - By adding  increasing doses of
EDTA to aliquots of effluent, toxic cationic elements,
like  lead,  copper, cadmium,  nickel, zinc,  etc. are
complexed  with  an  organic  ligand to produce a
nontoxic form of the cation. The  time to mortality
should increase as  the EDTA  dose  increases
(provided that toxic levels of EDTA are avoided).
                                                 A-47

-------
Wastewater f
bleaching
screening of
storm wa'
k.

Evaporation
k.

Grit Removal
k.

rom digesters,
washing,
Dulp (including
er runoff)
Sedimer




Chemical
Conditioning


Pressure
Filtration




Neutralization


Aeration
1
001 Effluent
to Amelia
River
                                                                           T
                                                                         Sludge to
                                                                          Landfill
Figure A9-1. A schematic diagram of the processes in the I.T.T. Rayonier wastewater treatment system.
 Table A9-1.   Additional Wastewater  Characteristics
             During May 14-21, 1988
   Effluent Characteristics   Average  Value
                       Range
  Dissolved Oxygen (mg/L)      0.80         0.5-I .2
  pH (Std. Units)               7.6          7.5-7.6
  Alkalinity (mg/L)              269         218-334
  Hardness (mg/L)              648         540-746
  Conductivity (umhos)	2616	1674-3165
 Table A9-2.  Description of I.T.T. Rayonier On-Site
            Samples3
     Sample
  (month/date/code)
            Description
 5/14/1
 5/15/1
 5/15/11
 5/16/1
 5/16/111

 5/17/1
 5/16/11
 5/18/1
 5/18/11
 5/18/HI
 5/18/IIIA

 5/18/IIIB

 5/18/IIIC
 5/18/IIID
Composite Sample" 5/13 - 5/14/86
Composite Sample 5/14/86-5/15/86
Grab Sample 5/15/86-4:30 pm
Composite Sample 5/15-5/16/86
5/16/1 Composite spiked with NH4SO4
(as 100 mg/LNH4)
Composite Sample 5/16-5/17/86
Grab Sample 5/17/86 • 9:00 am
Composite Sample  5/17-5/18/86
Grab Sample 5/18/86 • 9:30 am
Grab Sample 5/18/86-12:30 pm
5/18/III Sample spiked with NH4SO4 (as
100 mg/LNH4)
5/18/111 Sample raised to pHll, aerated
for 2.25 hours and returned at pH 7.5
5/18/HI Grab  Sample (unaltered)
5/18/HI Sample spiked with NH4S04 (as
100 rno/LNH^ and aerated	
 a All samples collected in the aeration lagoon near the point of
  discharge.
 b 24 hour composite sampling from 9:00 am to 9:00 am.
Oxidcmt reduction - This is similar to the EDTA test,
except that EDTA is replaced by  sodium thiosulfate
(a reducing  agent) The test indicates whether  toxic
levels  of inorganic  oxidants such  as  chlorine,
chloramines, or electrophilic organics are present.
     solid phase  extraction - This  column removes
nonpolar organics  and  chelated  metal  complexes
from the effluent.   By adjusting  the  pH of  the
effluent,  information on the acidity or basicity of the
causative toxicants can also be gained.

Other Toxicity Tests
Short-term  chronic  toxicity tests  were  performed
using Ceriodaphnia reticulata and Pimephales
promelas (fathead  minnow).  Acute and chronic
toxicity  tests were  conducted  with  the marine
organisms Arbacia punctulata (sea urchin), Champia
parvula (red  algae), Mysidopsis  bahia (mysid
shrimp),  Menidia beryllina (silverside minnow), and
Cyprinodon uariegatus (sheep shead  minnow).  The
recently developed Lemna minor (duckweed) chronic
toxicity test was also used. The Cerioduphnia species
was chosen for the timed lethality tests because of its
sensitivity and convenience of use.


Effbent  Toxicity
Prior to the May 1986 on-site study, several samples
of I.T.T. effluent were subjected  to a preliminary
analysis. The first sample (July  1985) produced rapid
lethality to  Cerioduphnia.   Subsequent  charac-
terization  tests indicated  that  toxicity could  be
reduced by adding EDTA. Chemical analysis data for
the  effluent sample were compared to metal toxicity
data from the literature. Copper and zinc appeared to
be the toxic agents in this sample. This sample also
had  a  very  high  level  of  suspended  solids. This
                                                    A-48

-------
sample was considered by I.T.T. to be very atypical of
their effluent.

To confirm these early results and to assess toxicant
variability, a  second  sample of I.T.T. effluent was
collected in March 1986. This sample appeared to be
lower in suspended solids, zinc, and lead, and had an
acute toxicity that was much lower than the July
1985 sample. EDTA addition did not affect the acute
toxicity. The acceptable effluent concentration of the
sample in a chronic Cerioduphnia test was between 6
(NOEC) and 12 (LOEC) percent.

Previous effluent studies by the I.T.T. staff indicated
a potential  for ammonia  toxicity.  Hence, this
possibility was investigated for the March  1986
effluent. When the effluent pH was raised (effectively
increasing the concentration of the toxic  un-ionized
form of total ammonia), it was found that the acute
toxicity of the sample to  Cerioduphnia  increased.
Lowering the  pH  prevented   acute toxicity  in
Ceriodaphnia. Similar additions of acid and base to
control water did not cause lethality in Cerioduphnia.
However,  when  control  water  was  spiked  with
ammonia  at  concentrations  equivalent to  the
effluent, organism lethality occurred at similar times
to the effluent at the same pH.


Characterization  and  Fractionation

Because of the apparent difference  in  causative
toxicants  in  the two  preliminary  samples (metals
versus ammonia),  a  more in-depth characterization
study using a  number of samples  collected over a
period of time was conducted (May 13-26, 1986). A
Phase I battery of tests was run on the samples.

Except for the air-stripping test, the toxicity of the
5/13/1  effluent  remained essentially unchanged.
Raising  the  pH  of  the effluent sample to  11,
moderately  aerating  for  255  minutes,  and
readjusting it to the initial pH (7.4) prevented acute
toxicity in C. dubicz. Aeration in general appeared to
prolong the time  to  mortality in the neutral,  and
acidified effluent  samples.  These results indicated
that the causative toxicant was volatile and basic in
nature.  Ammonia  (one of the production raw
materials) fits into this category.

The decision was  made to  focus subsequent
characterization tests primarily on  ammonia  (air
stripping  and pH adjustment tests) and, to a lesser
extent, on metals (EDTA chelation test).

To  further validate  ammonia  as the  causative
toxicant, a series of samples were split for chemical
analysis  and  toxicity  testing. EDTA  addition to a
portion of the samples did not reduce toxicity. It was
also found that the  sample toxicity decreased with
decreasing pH. Had cationic metals been the cause of
effluent toxicity, toxicity should have decreased with
decreased pH due to the increasing concentration of
biologically available metal cations.  A  chemical
analysis of the metal content of various samples
showed that the levels of copper, zinc, and lead in the
May 1986  samples were much lower than the July
1985  levels  (when  EDTA  chelation decreased
toxicity,  probably due to copper). Again,  the data
indicated that  ammonia was  the primary toxicant.


Confirmation  of Causative Agent
The main objective of this phase of the study was to
correlate effluent  sample  toxicity  and the  NH3
concentration  (taking  into account the differences in
effluent pH). In order to prove that such a correlation
exists,  it is necessary that sample toxicity  and NHs
concentration  vary. To insure that there would be
some variability,  several samples were  spiked to
increase  the range  of NHs  concentrations
encountered. One of these samples was also aerated
with the intent  of reducing the concentration  of
unionized ammonia. Following 2.25 hours of aeration
at a  relatively constant pH of 11, the total  ammonia
concentration  was reduced from 90 to 67 mg/L as N.
The  results of the  toxicity tests  and  ammonia
analyses are presented in Table A9-3. The pHs of the
effluent sample/dilution water mixture producing the
lowest observed effect level (LOEL) and no observed
effect level (NOEL) were recorded at 24 and 48 hours.
The initial pH of the solutions drifted from 7.2 - 7.4 to
slightly higher values with time. The final pH values
for each solution were used in the  calculations  for
unionized  ammonia  concentrations.   In most
instances, the pH of the solution producing the LOEL
was  0.05 units higher than the  pH of the solution
producing the NOEL. This information  was used to
estimate the pH in several LOEL mixtures.

In order  to  calculate  the  unionized  ammonia
concentration  in the effluent mixture producing the
sample  LCso, the concentration  of unionized
ammonia producing  LOEL and NOEL  was first
calculated using the  pH and total ammonia
concentration in each and a test temperature of 25°C.
For the purpose of mass balance, it was assumed that
the dilution water had a negligible concentration of
total ammonia.  Graphing  the  results and using
linear  extrapolation,  the  approximate pH  and
concentration  of unionized ammonia in the effluent
mixture producing an LCso was determined.
A plot of the sample LCso (as % effluent) versus the
NHs concentration in effluent sample/dilution water
mixture  producing the  LCso yielded a significant
regression  at  P < 0.01.  Thus  effluent  toxicity
correlated with NHs concentration.
The effect of pH and temperature, both on the percent
of total ammonia present in the unionized form and
on the  toxicity  of the  unionized  form,  must
                                                 A-49

-------
       Table A9-3.  Toxicity and Ammonia for I.T.T. Rayonier Effluent Samples
Sample" (%
5/14/1
5/15/1
5/15/11
5/16/1
5/16/11
5/16/111
5/17/1
5/17/11
5/18/1
5/18/11
5/18/IIIA
5/18/IIIB
5/18/IIIC
5/18/11 ID
Total Ammonia 100'
LC50 Effluent
Effluent) mg/L
56
32
39
41
58
la
53
58
61
53
35
43
38
35
62
72c
80
76
79
120
92C
89
104
94<=
144
67
90
156
%
Pi
LOEL
7.9
7.7
7.65
7.8
7.85
7.8
7.85
7.85
7.35
7.7
7.55
7.65
7.55
7.6
Rb NH3-N(mg/L)
NOEL
7.85
7.65
7.65
7.8
7.75
7.75
7.8
7.8
7.55
7.65
7.55
7.65
7.6
7.5
LOEL
2.68
1.0
0.99
1.31
2.28
1.04
2.67
2.59
0.98
1.95
1.43
0.84
0.89
1.72
NOEL
1.20
0.45
0.5
0.66
1.25
0.47
1.59
1.56
1.03
1.13
0.71
0.40
0.51
0.69
NH3Conc. in
Effluent/Dilution
Water Mixture
Producing LC60
1.35
0.62
0.78
1.08
1.68
0.69
1.73
1.59
1.0
1.26
1.02
0.73
0.72
1.08
       a for a description of the sample and sample code, see Table A9-2.
       bpH of effluent/dilution water mixture producing the LOEL and NOEL was recorded at 24 or 48 hours, depending on when
        organism mortality occurred.
       c Estimated based on the pH data from other effluent/dilution water mixtures producing the LOEL.
be  recognized. This information was pivotal  in
correlating the concentration of ammonia in samples
with their LCgoS and also allowed testing equitoxic
concentrations of NH3 at different pHs in the effluent
and spiked control water. For additional information
on this subject, the reader is referred to EPA's report
ITT Rayonier Toxicity Reduction Evaluation  (Mount
and Anderson-Carnahan 1986)  and to EPAs  TIE
Phase  I Document (U.S. EPA 1988).

A final sample of the  I.T.T. effluent was taken  in
June 1986 for use in a pH adjustment test. The total
ammonia concentration in the  June  1986 effluent
sample was 83 mg/L. Control water was spiked with
NH4C1 to produce a solution with 80 mg/LNHs.
Aliquots of the effluent and of  control water were
adjusted  to  pH 7.5,  8.0, and 8.5.  The  symptoms
exhibited by the test organisms (Ceriodaphnia)
during the first six hours (the  time during which an
equally toxic concentration  of NHs was present  in
each sample, and before pH started drifting) gave
strong evidence of ammonia toxicity.

The effect of the I.T.T. effluent on Champia parvula
reproduction  (as measured by  the number  of
cystocarps produced)  is shown in Figure A9-2. Also
plotted  is  the  effect of NH4C1 on C. parvula
reproduction. As the effluent  and NHijCl  solutions
are diluted  with control water,  the effect  is nearly
identical.  The similarity  of the  two  curves  is
significant  for ammonia as  the likely  causative
toxicant.
A comparison of the I.T.T. effluent toxicity data for
three  marine species (C. parvula, M.  bahia,  and
Menidia beryllina)  and the  fathead minnow, with
ammonia  toxicity data in  the literature at
corresponding  pH and temperature values was also
conducted. The I.T.T. effluent NHa toxicity data fell
within the  range of NHs sensitivity values  in  the
literature.

The case for confirmation of ammonia as the cause of
effluent  toxicity  is  thus based on  four areas of
evidence.

(1) The effect of pH on the toxicity of the effluent.

(2) Symptoms exhibited by test organisms exposed to
    the effluent and  to standard ammonia solutions.

(3) The relative sensitivity of four aquatic species to
    ammonia.

(4) Good agreement with ammonia toxicity data in
    the  literature.
Also,  causative toxicant tests for cationic metals,
electrophiles, neutral and acidic volatile compounds,
adsorbed  toxicants, nonpolar  organics, and metal
chelates  failed to  indicate  alternate  sources  of
toxicity.  The  toxicity of the  atypical  July  1985
sample,  however, was obviously not  caused by
ammonia.
                                                  A-50

-------
    120
                               4 Effluent Dilution
                               0 NH4CI
Figure A9-2.Number ot cystocarps tor Champia parvula (as
          % ot control) plotted against % ettluent.
     Note:   The effluent data are averages from May 17 and 18.
           The ammonia chloride data are based on 70 mg NH,
           • N/L  in  the effluent. A stock solution of 26.7 mg
           NH4CI/100 ml was used.
Toxicity Reduction Approaches

Treatability  Evaluation
The TRE study conducted during May,  1986
suggested strongly that ammonia was the major
chemical causing toxicity in  the wastewater.
Removal of ammonia  may be achieved by chemical,
physical or biological methods. Some commonly used
ammonia removal processes are presented in  this
section. Each technique is briefly described with
special features or requirements noted.
Air Stripping
Ammonia  in water  is  in equilibrium with the
ammonium ion.

NH3 + H2O *5 NH4+ + OH-
 When the pH is raised above 7, equilibrium shifts to
 the left to form more unionized ammonia which may
 be removed by agitating the aqueous sample in the
 presence of air. In wastewater treatment practice,
 ammonia  removal is  accomplished by increasing pH
 to the range 9-11 and allowing wastewater to flow
 through a packed tower equipped with an air blower.
 As the temperature of the operation falls, more air is
 required to strip ammonia. Cold temperatures can
 also cause freezing and CaCOg scaling. For the I.T.T.
 effluent, raising pH up to 11 and moderately aerating
 for 255 minutes were effective in removing ammonia.
 After  stripping ammonia, pH can be readjusted to
 desired levels.


 Nitrification - Denitrification
 Ammonia  can be biologically oxidized to nitrite, and
 then to nitrate by nitrifying bacteria under aerobic
 conditions. Removal of the nitrates is accomplished
 by treating wastewater with dentrifying bacteria
 which reduce nitrate to nitrogen in an anaerobic
 environment.  The advantages  associated with
 nitrification - dentrification processes  are (a) high
 potential removal efficiency, (b) process stability and
 reliability, (c) easy process control, and (d) moderate
 cost. The optimum pH range for nitrification is from
 8.2 to 8.6. For dentrification, the optimum pH is
 between 6.5  and 7.5. Another  significant factor in
 this process  is  temperature. Effluent quality may
 deteriorate at lower temperatures,  though the  solids
 in the system could be increased to accommodate cold
 temperature   operation.

 In addition to these processes, ammonia can also be
 removed by electrochemical  treatment,  chlorination,
 ion-exchange or  bacterial assimilation.  But  these
 latter options  may not be suitable in this case.

 Problems   Encountered

 One problem encountered was that in the small
 volumes (5 ml aliquots) of effluents used for the tests,
 many of the air stripping and pH  adjustment tests
 were frustrated by shifts  in pH adjusted  and
 unadjusted samples exposed to air. Larger volumes
 could not be used however,  due to poor visibility in
 the highly colored effluent. Because of this problem,
 alternate strategies  were also  used to confirm the
 extent  of toxicity  caused by  ammonia.  Since
 invertebrates are generally more tolerant of un-
 ionized ammonia than fish, toxicity  tests  were
 performed using both C.  dubia and Pimephales
promelas (fathead minnow).  The 5/15/1 sample was
 observably more toxic to the  minnow as were control
 water samples spiked at 100 and 200 mg/L as NH4+
 (Ammonium Sulfate).
                                                A-51

-------
References

Mount, D.I. and L. Anderson-Carnahan. "ITT
  Rayonier Toxicity Reduction Evaluation." U.S.
  Environmental Protection Agency Internal ORD
  Report, October  1986.

U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency.  "Methods for
  Aquatic Toxicity Identification Evaluations:  Phase
  I - Toxicity Characterization Procedures,"  Second
  Draft dated June 1988.
                                              A-52

-------
                                          Section  A-1  0
                 Case  History: Monsanto Chemical Manufacturing Facility
Introduction
Monsanto's Environmental Science Center (ESC) has
developed,   tested  and refined  a  Toxicity
Identification Evaluation (TIE) protocol which has
been used successfully to identify toxic compounds in
several wastestreams (Doi and Grothe 1987). In
general the procedure uses both chemical (cation and
anion resins)  and physical  (helium sparging
filtration) separation to divide an effluent into
inorganic and organic fractions. The procedure is
followed by toxicity testing of each fraction in order to
identify  and eventually abate the source of toxicity.
Once toxic constituents  are known,  remedial
activities can be planned.

Effluents from three chemical manufacturing plant
sites were used to evaluate the utility of the protocol.
Three effluents were selected based on the results of
acute toxicity tests conducted on Duphnia magna,
which indicated  an ECso of less than 100 percent.
Each effluent came from an individual site (dubbed
sites 1,2, and 3 in this study).
Initial Data and Information Acquisition

Site I

The wastewater at this site was a relatively complex
mixture which contained a number of organic and
inorganic constituents. The team was also aware of
the fact that the  wastewater had a relatively high
total ammonia content  (100 - 300 mg/L). Although it
had been speculated that  ammonia may  be
responsible for the wastewater toxicity to D. magna,
earlier investigations  failed  to show that ammonia
was responsible for the toxicity of this wastewater.


Site 2

The  wastestream at Site 2  was comprised of four
stormwater and/or cooling water inputs. The effluent
being investigated was known to contain hexavalent
chromium, chlorine, and biocide, which were used to
prevent corrosion  and  growth of algae and microbes
in the piping system.
Historical toxicity data collected in 1985 indicated
that the final effluent was toxic to D. magna. It was
speculated  that hexavalent chromium could be
responsible for the effluent's toxicity since the
concentrations  of hexavalent chromium in the
wastewater (100  - 200 ppb) were comparable to acute
effect levels  (20 - 212 ppb) reported in the literature
for D. magna. No information was available on the
acute toxicity of the biocide.


Site  3

The  effluent at Site No. 3 was a complex chemical
mixture containing a  number of inorganic and
organic substances. Operation reports  showed the
effluent to have a very high conductivity (10,000 to
25,000 micro mhos/cm). The existing levels  of
calcium (300 mg/L), sodium (1020 mg/L)  and chloride
(7310 mg/L) ions were associated with the high
conductivity.

Toxicity tests have been performed on  the effluent
with the fathead minnow since the mid-1970's for
inhouse and regulatory compliance purposes. The
results of these tests indicated that the 96 hour LCso
was typically between 45 percent and 80  percent. The
toxicity of the effluent was speculated by a number of
investigators to be associated with the high salinity
of the wastewater.

Toxicity /den tifica tion Evaluation (77 E)

The  main objective was to isolate and  identify the
factors contributing to  effluent toxicity. In order to
achieve this, ESC employed the testing scheme
illustrated in Figure A10-1 (based on concepts of
Walsh and Garnas (1983)) which utilized the ion-
exchange resin technology to fractionate the effluent
mixture into organic and inorganic constituents.
Once the effluent mixture  was  separated into
fractions, their potential toxicity was determined by
subjection to selected  aquatic species. Additional
fractionation  of the organic and inorganic
constituents would be necessary if either  fraction was
found toxic to the test species.

Besides conducting  toxicity tests on each of the
fractions, TOG  (total  organic carbon) and ICP
                                               A-53

-------
          Plant Water
                 ICP Analysis
                 TOC Analysis
                 Daphnia toxicity
       ICP Analysis
       Daphnia toxicity
       TOC  Analysis
       ICP Analysis
       Daphnia toxicity
       TOC  Analysis
ICP Analysis
TOC  Analysis
Daphnia toxicity
ICP Analysis
TOC  Analysis
Daphnia toxicity
                 ICP Analysis
                 Daphnia toxicity
                 TOC Analysis
        ICP Analysis
        Daphnia toxicity
        TOC  Analysis
 Figure Al 0-1. ESC effluent fractionation and testing
            scheme.
(inductively  coupled plasma) measurements were
performed on the organic and inorganic fractions (see
Figure A10-1) to determine if a correlation existed
between toxicity and a specific chemical constituent.
Synthetic effluent  (which contained a  suspected
compound in control water at the same concentration
as in the natural effluent) tests were also performed
to gain additional insight about the source of toxicity.
Toxicity of the plant effluent was compared to the
synthetic  effluent and in an event where toxicity
tests  showed  similar  results,  the  suspected
compound(s) would be implicated as the source of the
toxicity.


Site J
The  fractionation scheme utilized five treatments of
activated carbon,  cation and/or anion  exchange
resins and one  treatment with zeolite  (which is
composed of hydrous silicates). Site 1 effluent was
subjected to each of these separation processes, and
concurrent acute toxicity tests were conducted  in
duplicate  with each fraction using 100 ml of the test
solution and D.  magna as the test species (ten first
instar  daphnids), based  on  the  guidelines
recommended by the U.S. EPA's Methods for  Acute
Toxicity Tests with Aquatic Organisms.
Of the  six treatments evaluated, only a  sequential
treatment with activated carbon,  cation  and anion
exchange resins and  zeolite was effective in
eliminating the  toxicity of the effluent. All other
treatments had no effect in reducing effluent toxicity.
Examination of the TOC, ICP and ammonia analyses
indicated no  apparent correlation between toxicity
and organic or inorganic constituents.

Because  only limited information  existed in the
literature regarding the acute toxicity of ammonia to
D.  magna, the ESC team conducted toxicity  tests
using ammonium chloride in a synthetic effluent. Six
effluent concentrations were tested using well water
(pH =  8.5; hardness =  160 mg/L) from  eastern
Missouri as dilution water and a control.  The 48 hr
ECso values and their 95% confidence limits for total
ammonia and un-ionized ammonia were found to be
32 mg/L (18.1 to 36.2 mg/L) and 0.35 mg/L (0.2 to 0.4
mg/L), respectively. Based on these acute effect levels
and the results of the toxicity tests with the effluent
and treatment fractions,  the concentration of un-
ionized ammonia in the untreated effluent, activated
carbon, and anion treatments were determined to be
well  above   the  acute  effect concentration  for
ammonia.  However,   un-ionized  ammonia
concentrations in the cation  resin treatments  were
below the acute  effect concentrations, even though
this treatment exhibited toxicity to D. magna.

On further investigation, it was found that when the
stock  solution of 300 mg/L NH^Cl was passed
through the cation exchange resin,  toxicity to D.
magna  persisted even though ammonia levels  were
reduced to < 1 mg/L. It  was hypothesized that an
unknown toxic component was being released from
the resin  during the exchange process.
                           Site 2

                           A series of on-site acute toxicity tests using D. magna
                           revealed that the final undiluted effluent at  Site 2
                           was consistently toxic to D. magna.

                           An investigation  was initiated, using D. magna as
                           the test organism, to determine if the specific toxic
                           agents  could be isolated.  ESC initially attempted to
                           determine if metals  could  be responsible for the
                           toxicity by adding a chelator (1 mg/L sodium  NTA),
                           which would bind with the metals (does not bind the
                           hexavalent chromium) and prevent their uptake by
                           the test species. The addition of NTA, however, had
                           no effect  in reducing  effluent  toxicity.  Sodium
                           thiosulfate  (1.0 mg/L) and sodium sulfite (4.2 mg/L)
                           were added to the  wastewater  to  neutralize any
                           chlorine and biocide  which may have been present.
                           These  compounds also  failed to reduce effluent
                           toxicity.
                                                  A-54

-------
D. magma toxicity tests, ICP, TOG  and hexavalent
chromium analyses were also conducted at various
locations  along the wastewater drainage system  in
an attempt to determine if a source of toxic agent
could  be  identified.  Although  no  correlation  was
found between toxicity and the TOG and ICP results,
a  correlation was  found  between  hexavalent
chromium levels and toxicity. The results illustrated
that the most upstream sample  (sampling  point A)
had the lowest concentration  of  hexavalent
chromium (29 ppb)  and exhibited  the  least acute
toxicity to D. magna (48 ECso = 80 percent effluent).
On the other hand, samples collected at sampling
point B and other locations  along the wastestream
exhibited increases  in  both  effluent toxicity  and
hexavalent  chromium  levels.   Final  untreated
effluent  (containing  241  ppb  of  hexavalent
chromium) produced 100 percent  mortality within 48
hours.

Once this relationship was observed, the ESC team
fractioned  the wastewater by passing  200 ml
subsamples  of  the   effluent  through granular
activated  carbon, cation and anion exchange resins.
They  then evaluated the wastewater for acute
toxicity to D.  magna.  The team  also monitored the
hexavalent  chromium  concentrations prior to  and
after  each  treatment to establish a  correlation
between  toxicity  and  hexavalent  chromium.  The
results of these studies indicated that there was a
direct correlation between hexavalent chromium and
toxicity to D. magna.

Treatment of the wastewater with  anion exchange
resin and activated carbon, resulted in no mortality
to D. magna. The concentrations of hexavalent
chromium in  these treatments were 10 ppb  (anion
resins) and 20 ppb (activated carbon resin), which are
below  or  near the lowest reported acute level for
Daphnia.  The  cation resin failed to lower  the
concentration of hexavalent chromium (210 ppb).
This treatment provides further  evidence that
hexavalent chromium was  likely  responsible for
wastewater  toxicity.

To confirm whether   the  acute  toxicity originally
observed in the final effluent at Site No. 2 was due to
hexavalent  chromium, ESC plotted and analyzed
dose-response curves  for  effluent  and  hexavalent
chromium (synthetic effluent) toxicity tests. The 48
hour ECso f°r hexavalent  chromium concentrations
in the  effluent (35 ppb) was compared to the 48 hour
ECso (41  ppb) for the hexavalent chromium in the
synthetic effluent. The similarities  between these
two concentrations supported  the  hypothesis that
hexavalent chromium  was likely  responsible for the
observed toxicity. Further confirmation of chromium
as the  toxic  component  was supported by the  fact  that
when the plant stopped using hexavalent chromium,
the wastewater became nontoxic.
Site 3

To determine if salinity could be responsible for Site
No. 3 effluent's toxicity ESC conducted a comparative
acute toxicity study by subjecting fathead  minnows
to the final effluent (from the plant discharge) and a
synthetic effluent  (a  solution  of  sodium  chloride,
calcium chloride and well water). The concentrations
of Na,  Ca and  chloride were similar to those
occurring in  the  natural  effluent (Na = 1020 mg/L,
Ca = 3000 mg/L, Cl = 7310 mg/L). The results of this
comparative  study indicated  that salinity  could be
responsible  for the toxicity of the effluent  since
essentially identical 96 hr LCso values were  observed
for the natural  effluent (LCso =  79  percent) and
synthetic effluent (LCso = 70 percent).

ESC  then conducted fractionation  tests on effluent
samples  to verify the causative agents by passing
effluent over  four separate resins (granular activated
carbon, cation exchange resin, anion exchange resin
and  cation followed by  anion exchange  resin).  D.
magna acute toxicity tests conducted before and after
resin treatment indicated that neither the activated
carbon,  nor  cation/anion  exchange  resins could
eliminate effluent  toxicity.  No correlation existed
between toxicity and TOG. However,  a correlation did
exist between toxicity and  calcium and/or  chloride
ion  concentrations  since  the  concentrations  of
calcium and  chloride in the final effluent, activated
carbon,  and  anion  exchange resin  treatments were
well above the acute toxicity concentrations for D.
magna.

The fact that  calcium was one of the toxic components
in the effluent was further verified  by a comparison
of the calcium  concentration in  the  effluent  and
corresponding dose response curve to reported effect
levels (Rodgers, et  al.  1987) for calcium in fathead
minnows (96  hr LC$Q values = 2766 mg/L). Based on
the test  data,  the 96 hour LCso  for the  natural
effluent was 79 percent. The calcium concentration in
the 100   percent effluent  was 3000 mg/L with a
predicted  nominal calcium content in the  79 percent
effluent  of 2400  mg/L indicating  a correlation
between calcium concentration and toxicity.

Additional synthetic  and  natural  effluent  toxicity
tests were conducted to verify calcium and chloride
ions as the toxic components. Approximately one-half
of these tests  showed a strong correlation between the
synthetic and final effluents. The  fact  that  no
correlation was observed  between some of the tests
indicated  that  another factor(s) may  at times  be
responsible for the toxicity of the effluent.

ESC confirmed that calcium and chloride ions were
the sources of toxicity to D. magna in the effluent by
preparing a synthetic effluent which contained (only)
calcium, sodium and chloride ions and compared the
                                                 A-55

-------
dose response curves of the tests with dose response
curves using the final effluent which contained the
same concentrations of calcium, chloride and sodium
ions.  A distinct relationship  was observed in these
test results and this in effect  established and
confirmed  that  calcium  and chloride  ions were
principally responsible for the effluent toxicity.

Toxicity Reduction Approaches

Sitel
The final effluent from Site 1 was evaluated for acute
toxicity to D.  magna after  passing  the effluent
through granular activated carbon, cation and anion
resin, combination  treatment  and the zeolite
treatment.  The absence of mortality in the treated
final  effluent  showed that  the  concentration  of
ammonia was reduced to below  the acute toxicity
threshold.
Problems  Encountered
Sitel
The  hypothesis  that  an unknown toxic component
was  coming off the  cation  exchange  resin  was
confirmed when  a 300 mg/L NH4C1 stock solution in
well water was  passed through the  cation column.
Toxicity persisted  after treatment even  though
ammonia levels had been reduced to < 1 mg/L, which
was well below 32 mg/L (48 hr ECso). No toxicity was
observed when well water alone was  passed through
the resin.
ESC was unable  to  reduce  ammonia below effect
levels in the wastewater using air stripping methods.
The use of zeolite resins was the only effective means
for removing ammonia.
Site 2
The toxicity of the original effluent to D. magna was
eliminated through treatment of the effluent with
activated  carbon and anion exchange resin. These
techniques in effect reduced  the concentration  of
hexavalent chromium which was responsible for the
effluent toxicity. ESC also examined other treatment
methods such as  cation exchange  resin. However,
this technique failed to reduce toxicity.


Site 3
The TIE study indicated that a combination of anion
and cation exchange resins eliminated toxicity in the
final effluent.

Follow-Up  and Confirmation

Site 2

ESC reevaluated the effluent for acute toxicity after
the management at Site 2 permanently eliminated
the use of hexavalent chromium. On doing so, the
toxicity of the final effluent was then monitored and
found  to  be nontoxic  to D. magna. The  results
demonstrated a useful modification  in  the water
treatment practices at Site 2.
References

Doi, J. and  P.R. Grothe.  "Use of Fractionation/
   Chemical Analysis  Schemes  for  Plant Effluent
   Toxicity Evaluations." Aquatic  Toxicology and
   Hazard Assessment; Eleventh Symposium,
   American  Society for Testing  and  Materials,
   Philadelphia (1987).
Rodgers, J.H.,et al. "Toxicity of Calcium to Bioassay
   Species." Submitted for publication to Bulletin of
   Environmental  Contamination and  Toxicology
   (1987).
Walsh,  G.E. and  R.L.  Garnas. "Determination of
   Bioavailability of Chemical  Fractions  of Liquid
   Wastes Using Freshwater and Saltwater Algae
   and  Crustaceans." Environmental  Science
   Technology,  17:180-182  (1983).
                                •fr U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 1989- 648-163'  00310
                                                A-56

-------